Merge from trunk.
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / w32fns.c
1 /* Graphical user interface functions for the Microsoft Windows API.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
21
22 #include <config.h>
23
24 #include <signal.h>
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <limits.h>
27 #include <errno.h>
28 #include <math.h>
29 #include <fcntl.h>
30 #include <unistd.h>
31
32 #include "lisp.h"
33 #include "w32term.h"
34 #include "frame.h"
35 #include "window.h"
36 #include "character.h"
37 #include "buffer.h"
38 #include "intervals.h"
39 #include "dispextern.h"
40 #include "keyboard.h"
41 #include "blockinput.h"
42 #include "epaths.h"
43 #include "charset.h"
44 #include "coding.h"
45 #include "ccl.h"
46 #include "fontset.h"
47 #include "systime.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
49
50 #include "w32common.h"
51
52 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
53 #include "w32heap.h"
54 #include <mbstring.h>
55 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
56
57 #if CYGWIN
58 #include "cygw32.h"
59 #else
60 #include "w32.h"
61 #endif
62
63 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
64
65 #include <commctrl.h>
66 #include <commdlg.h>
67 #include <shellapi.h>
68 #include <ctype.h>
69 #include <winspool.h>
70 #include <objbase.h>
71
72 #include <dlgs.h>
73 #include <imm.h>
74
75 #include "font.h"
76 #include "w32font.h"
77
78 #ifndef FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
79 #define FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS 0x2000
80 #endif
81
82 void syms_of_w32fns (void);
83 void globals_of_w32fns (void);
84
85 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame *);
86 extern int w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int, Lisp_Object);
87 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HWND, HMENU, UINT, UINT);
88 extern void w32_free_menu_strings (HWND);
89 extern const char *map_w32_filename (const char *, const char **);
90 extern char * w32_strerror (int error_no);
91
92 /* If non-NULL, a handle to a frame where to display the hourglass cursor. */
93 static HWND hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
94
95 #ifndef IDC_HAND
96 #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
97 #endif
98
99 Lisp_Object Qsuppress_icon;
100 Lisp_Object Qundefined_color;
101 Lisp_Object Qcancel_timer;
102 Lisp_Object Qfont_param;
103 Lisp_Object Qhyper;
104 Lisp_Object Qsuper;
105 Lisp_Object Qmeta;
106 Lisp_Object Qalt;
107 Lisp_Object Qctrl;
108 Lisp_Object Qcontrol;
109 Lisp_Object Qshift;
110 static Lisp_Object Qgeometry, Qworkarea, Qmm_size, Qframes;
111
112
113 /* Prefix for system colors. */
114 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX "System"
115 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX) - 1)
116
117 /* State variables for emulating a three button mouse. */
118 #define LMOUSE 1
119 #define MMOUSE 2
120 #define RMOUSE 4
121
122 static int button_state = 0;
123 static W32Msg saved_mouse_button_msg;
124 static unsigned mouse_button_timer = 0; /* non-zero when timer is active */
125 static W32Msg saved_mouse_move_msg;
126 static unsigned mouse_move_timer = 0;
127
128 /* Window that is tracking the mouse. */
129 static HWND track_mouse_window;
130
131 /* Multi-monitor API definitions that are not pulled from the headers
132 since we are compiling for NT 4. */
133 #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
134 #define MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST 2
135 #endif
136 #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
137 #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
138 #endif
139 #ifndef SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
140 #define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN 76
141 #endif
142 #ifndef SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
143 #define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN 77
144 #endif
145 /* MinGW headers define MONITORINFO unconditionally, but MSVC ones don't.
146 To avoid a compile error on one or the other, redefine with a new name. */
147 struct MONITOR_INFO
148 {
149 DWORD cbSize;
150 RECT rcMonitor;
151 RECT rcWork;
152 DWORD dwFlags;
153 };
154
155 #ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
156 #define CCHDEVICENAME 32
157 #endif
158 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX
159 {
160 DWORD cbSize;
161 RECT rcMonitor;
162 RECT rcWork;
163 DWORD dwFlags;
164 char szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
165 };
166
167 /* Reportedly, MSVC does not have this in its headers. */
168 #if defined (_MSC_VER) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500
169 DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR);
170 #endif
171
172 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
173 (IN OUT LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack);
174 typedef LONG (WINAPI * ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
175 (IN HIMC context, IN DWORD index, OUT LPVOID buffer, IN DWORD bufLen);
176 typedef HIMC (WINAPI * ImmGetContext_Proc) (IN HWND window);
177 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmReleaseContext_Proc) (IN HWND wnd, IN HIMC context);
178 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc) (IN HIMC context,
179 IN COMPOSITIONFORM *form);
180 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromPoint_Proc) (IN POINT pt, IN DWORD flags);
181 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
182 (IN HMONITOR monitor, OUT struct MONITOR_INFO* info);
183 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
184 (IN HWND hwnd, IN DWORD dwFlags);
185 typedef BOOL CALLBACK (* MonitorEnum_Proc)
186 (IN HMONITOR monitor, IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcMonitor, IN LPARAM dwData);
187 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
188 (IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcClip, IN MonitorEnum_Proc fnEnum, IN LPARAM dwData);
189
190 TrackMouseEvent_Proc track_mouse_event_fn = NULL;
191 ImmGetCompositionString_Proc get_composition_string_fn = NULL;
192 ImmGetContext_Proc get_ime_context_fn = NULL;
193 ImmReleaseContext_Proc release_ime_context_fn = NULL;
194 ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc set_ime_composition_window_fn = NULL;
195 MonitorFromPoint_Proc monitor_from_point_fn = NULL;
196 GetMonitorInfo_Proc get_monitor_info_fn = NULL;
197 MonitorFromWindow_Proc monitor_from_window_fn = NULL;
198 EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc enum_display_monitors_fn = NULL;
199
200 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
201 #define unicode_append_menu AppendMenuW
202 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
203 extern AppendMenuW_Proc unicode_append_menu;
204 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
205
206 /* Flag to selectively ignore WM_IME_CHAR messages. */
207 static int ignore_ime_char = 0;
208
209 /* W95 mousewheel handler */
210 unsigned int msh_mousewheel = 0;
211
212 /* Timers */
213 #define MOUSE_BUTTON_ID 1
214 #define MOUSE_MOVE_ID 2
215 #define MENU_FREE_ID 3
216 /* The delay (milliseconds) before a menu is freed after WM_EXITMENULOOP
217 is received. */
218 #define MENU_FREE_DELAY 1000
219 static unsigned menu_free_timer = 0;
220
221 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
222 static int image_cache_refcount, dpyinfo_refcount;
223 #endif
224
225 static HWND w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd;
226
227 static int w32_unicode_gui;
228
229 /* From w32menu.c */
230 extern HMENU current_popup_menu;
231 static int menubar_in_use = 0;
232
233 /* From w32uniscribe.c */
234 extern void syms_of_w32uniscribe (void);
235 extern int uniscribe_available;
236
237 /* Function prototypes for hourglass support. */
238 static void w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *);
239 static void w32_hide_hourglass (void);
240
241 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
242 /* From w32inevt.c */
243 extern int faked_key;
244 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
245
246 /* This gives us the page size and the size of the allocation unit on NT. */
247 SYSTEM_INFO sysinfo_cache;
248
249 /* This gives us version, build, and platform identification. */
250 OSVERSIONINFO osinfo_cache;
251
252 DWORD_PTR syspage_mask = 0;
253
254 /* The major and minor versions of NT. */
255 int w32_major_version;
256 int w32_minor_version;
257 int w32_build_number;
258
259 /* Distinguish between Windows NT and Windows 95. */
260 int os_subtype;
261
262 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
263 HINSTANCE hinst = NULL;
264 #endif
265
266 static unsigned int sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
267 #define MB_EMACS_SILENT (0xFFFFFFFF - 1)
268
269 /* Let the user specify a display with a frame.
270 nil stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not a w32 frame,
271 the first display on the list. */
272
273 struct w32_display_info *
274 check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object frame)
275 {
276 if (NILP (frame))
277 {
278 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame);
279
280 if (FRAME_W32_P (sf) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf))
281 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf);
282 else
283 return &one_w32_display_info;
284 }
285 else if (STRINGP (frame))
286 return x_display_info_for_name (frame);
287 else
288 {
289 struct frame *f;
290
291 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame);
292 f = XFRAME (frame);
293 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
294 error ("Non-W32 frame used");
295 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
296 }
297 }
298 \f
299 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an w32 window.
300 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
301
302 struct frame *
303 x_window_to_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo, HWND wdesc)
304 {
305 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
306 struct frame *f;
307
308 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
309 {
310 f = XFRAME (frame);
311 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) != dpyinfo)
312 continue;
313
314 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == wdesc)
315 return f;
316 }
317 return 0;
318 }
319
320 \f
321 static Lisp_Object unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object);
322 static void unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object);
323 static void my_create_window (struct frame *);
324 static void my_create_tip_window (struct frame *);
325
326 /* TODO: Native Input Method support; see x_create_im. */
327 void x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
328 void x_set_background_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
329 void x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
330 void x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
331 void x_set_border_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
332 void x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
333 void x_set_icon_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
334 void x_set_icon_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
335 void x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
336 void x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
337 void x_set_title (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
338 void x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
339
340
341 \f
342
343 /* Store the screen positions of frame F into XPTR and YPTR.
344 These are the positions of the containing window manager window,
345 not Emacs's own window. */
346
347 void
348 x_real_positions (struct frame *f, int *xptr, int *yptr)
349 {
350 POINT pt;
351 RECT rect;
352
353 /* Get the bounds of the WM window. */
354 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
355
356 pt.x = 0;
357 pt.y = 0;
358
359 /* Convert (0, 0) in the client area to screen co-ordinates. */
360 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
361
362 /* Remember x_pixels_diff and y_pixels_diff. */
363 f->x_pixels_diff = pt.x - rect.left;
364 f->y_pixels_diff = pt.y - rect.top;
365
366 *xptr = rect.left;
367 *yptr = rect.top;
368 }
369
370 /* Returns the window rectangle appropriate for the given fullscreen mode.
371 The normal rect parameter was the window's rectangle prior to entering
372 fullscreen mode. If multiple monitor support is available, the nearest
373 monitor to the window is chosen. */
374
375 void
376 w32_fullscreen_rect (HWND hwnd, int fsmode, RECT normal, RECT *rect)
377 {
378 struct MONITOR_INFO mi = { sizeof(mi) };
379 if (monitor_from_window_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
380 {
381 HMONITOR monitor =
382 monitor_from_window_fn (hwnd, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
383 get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &mi);
384 }
385 else
386 {
387 mi.rcMonitor.left = 0;
388 mi.rcMonitor.top = 0;
389 mi.rcMonitor.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSCREEN);
390 mi.rcMonitor.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSCREEN);
391 mi.rcWork.left = 0;
392 mi.rcWork.top = 0;
393 mi.rcWork.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMAXIMIZED);
394 mi.rcWork.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMAXIMIZED);
395 }
396
397 switch (fsmode)
398 {
399 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH:
400 rect->left = mi.rcMonitor.left;
401 rect->top = mi.rcMonitor.top;
402 rect->right = mi.rcMonitor.right;
403 rect->bottom = mi.rcMonitor.bottom;
404 break;
405 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED:
406 rect->left = mi.rcWork.left;
407 rect->top = mi.rcWork.top;
408 rect->right = mi.rcWork.right;
409 rect->bottom = mi.rcWork.bottom;
410 break;
411 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH:
412 rect->left = mi.rcWork.left;
413 rect->top = normal.top;
414 rect->right = mi.rcWork.right;
415 rect->bottom = normal.bottom;
416 break;
417 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT:
418 rect->left = normal.left;
419 rect->top = mi.rcWork.top;
420 rect->right = normal.right;
421 rect->bottom = mi.rcWork.bottom;
422 break;
423 case FULLSCREEN_NONE:
424 default:
425 *rect = normal;
426 break;
427 }
428 }
429
430 \f
431
432 DEFUN ("w32-define-rgb-color", Fw32_define_rgb_color,
433 Sw32_define_rgb_color, 4, 4, 0,
434 doc: /* Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
435 This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
436 available for use. The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
437 if the entry is new. */)
438 (Lisp_Object red, Lisp_Object green, Lisp_Object blue, Lisp_Object name)
439 {
440 Lisp_Object rgb;
441 Lisp_Object oldrgb = Qnil;
442 Lisp_Object entry;
443
444 CHECK_NUMBER (red);
445 CHECK_NUMBER (green);
446 CHECK_NUMBER (blue);
447 CHECK_STRING (name);
448
449 XSETINT (rgb, RGB (XUINT (red), XUINT (green), XUINT (blue)));
450
451 block_input ();
452
453 /* replace existing entry in w32-color-map or add new entry. */
454 entry = Fassoc (name, Vw32_color_map);
455 if (NILP (entry))
456 {
457 entry = Fcons (name, rgb);
458 Vw32_color_map = Fcons (entry, Vw32_color_map);
459 }
460 else
461 {
462 oldrgb = Fcdr (entry);
463 Fsetcdr (entry, rgb);
464 }
465
466 unblock_input ();
467
468 return (oldrgb);
469 }
470
471 /* The default colors for the w32 color map */
472 typedef struct colormap_t
473 {
474 char *name;
475 COLORREF colorref;
476 } colormap_t;
477
478 colormap_t w32_color_map[] =
479 {
480 {"snow" , PALETTERGB (255,250,250)},
481 {"ghost white" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
482 {"GhostWhite" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
483 {"white smoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
484 {"WhiteSmoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
485 {"gainsboro" , PALETTERGB (220,220,220)},
486 {"floral white" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
487 {"FloralWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
488 {"old lace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
489 {"OldLace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
490 {"linen" , PALETTERGB (250,240,230)},
491 {"antique white" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
492 {"AntiqueWhite" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
493 {"papaya whip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
494 {"PapayaWhip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
495 {"blanched almond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
496 {"BlanchedAlmond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
497 {"bisque" , PALETTERGB (255,228,196)},
498 {"peach puff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
499 {"PeachPuff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
500 {"navajo white" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
501 {"NavajoWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
502 {"moccasin" , PALETTERGB (255,228,181)},
503 {"cornsilk" , PALETTERGB (255,248,220)},
504 {"ivory" , PALETTERGB (255,255,240)},
505 {"lemon chiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
506 {"LemonChiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
507 {"seashell" , PALETTERGB (255,245,238)},
508 {"honeydew" , PALETTERGB (240,255,240)},
509 {"mint cream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
510 {"MintCream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
511 {"azure" , PALETTERGB (240,255,255)},
512 {"alice blue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
513 {"AliceBlue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
514 {"lavender" , PALETTERGB (230,230,250)},
515 {"lavender blush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
516 {"LavenderBlush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
517 {"misty rose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
518 {"MistyRose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
519 {"white" , PALETTERGB (255,255,255)},
520 {"black" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
521 {"dark slate gray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
522 {"DarkSlateGray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
523 {"dark slate grey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
524 {"DarkSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
525 {"dim gray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
526 {"DimGray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
527 {"dim grey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
528 {"DimGrey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
529 {"slate gray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
530 {"SlateGray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
531 {"slate grey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
532 {"SlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
533 {"light slate gray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
534 {"LightSlateGray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
535 {"light slate grey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
536 {"LightSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
537 {"gray" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
538 {"grey" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
539 {"light grey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
540 {"LightGrey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
541 {"light gray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
542 {"LightGray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
543 {"midnight blue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
544 {"MidnightBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
545 {"navy" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
546 {"navy blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
547 {"NavyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
548 {"cornflower blue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
549 {"CornflowerBlue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
550 {"dark slate blue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
551 {"DarkSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
552 {"slate blue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
553 {"SlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
554 {"medium slate blue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
555 {"MediumSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
556 {"light slate blue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
557 {"LightSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
558 {"medium blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
559 {"MediumBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
560 {"royal blue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
561 {"RoyalBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
562 {"blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,255)},
563 {"dodger blue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
564 {"DodgerBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
565 {"deep sky blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
566 {"DeepSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
567 {"sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
568 {"SkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
569 {"light sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
570 {"LightSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
571 {"steel blue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
572 {"SteelBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
573 {"light steel blue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
574 {"LightSteelBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
575 {"light blue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
576 {"LightBlue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
577 {"powder blue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
578 {"PowderBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
579 {"pale turquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
580 {"PaleTurquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
581 {"dark turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
582 {"DarkTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
583 {"medium turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
584 {"MediumTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
585 {"turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 64,224,208)},
586 {"cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,255)},
587 {"light cyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
588 {"LightCyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
589 {"cadet blue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
590 {"CadetBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
591 {"medium aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
592 {"MediumAquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
593 {"aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (127,255,212)},
594 {"dark green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
595 {"DarkGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
596 {"dark olive green" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
597 {"DarkOliveGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
598 {"dark sea green" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
599 {"DarkSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
600 {"sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
601 {"SeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
602 {"medium sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
603 {"MediumSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
604 {"light sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
605 {"LightSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
606 {"pale green" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
607 {"PaleGreen" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
608 {"spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
609 {"SpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
610 {"lawn green" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
611 {"LawnGreen" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
612 {"green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255, 0)},
613 {"chartreuse" , PALETTERGB (127,255, 0)},
614 {"medium spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
615 {"MediumSpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
616 {"green yellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
617 {"GreenYellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
618 {"lime green" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
619 {"LimeGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
620 {"yellow green" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
621 {"YellowGreen" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
622 {"forest green" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
623 {"ForestGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
624 {"olive drab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
625 {"OliveDrab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
626 {"dark khaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
627 {"DarkKhaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
628 {"khaki" , PALETTERGB (240,230,140)},
629 {"pale goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
630 {"PaleGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
631 {"light goldenrod yellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
632 {"LightGoldenrodYellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
633 {"light yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
634 {"LightYellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
635 {"yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255, 0)},
636 {"gold" , PALETTERGB (255,215, 0)},
637 {"light goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
638 {"LightGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
639 {"goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (218,165, 32)},
640 {"dark goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
641 {"DarkGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
642 {"rosy brown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
643 {"RosyBrown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
644 {"indian red" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
645 {"IndianRed" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
646 {"saddle brown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
647 {"SaddleBrown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
648 {"sienna" , PALETTERGB (160, 82, 45)},
649 {"peru" , PALETTERGB (205,133, 63)},
650 {"burlywood" , PALETTERGB (222,184,135)},
651 {"beige" , PALETTERGB (245,245,220)},
652 {"wheat" , PALETTERGB (245,222,179)},
653 {"sandy brown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
654 {"SandyBrown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
655 {"tan" , PALETTERGB (210,180,140)},
656 {"chocolate" , PALETTERGB (210,105, 30)},
657 {"firebrick" , PALETTERGB (178,34, 34)},
658 {"brown" , PALETTERGB (165,42, 42)},
659 {"dark salmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
660 {"DarkSalmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
661 {"salmon" , PALETTERGB (250,128,114)},
662 {"light salmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
663 {"LightSalmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
664 {"orange" , PALETTERGB (255,165, 0)},
665 {"dark orange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
666 {"DarkOrange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
667 {"coral" , PALETTERGB (255,127, 80)},
668 {"light coral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
669 {"LightCoral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
670 {"tomato" , PALETTERGB (255, 99, 71)},
671 {"orange red" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
672 {"OrangeRed" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
673 {"red" , PALETTERGB (255, 0, 0)},
674 {"hot pink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
675 {"HotPink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
676 {"deep pink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
677 {"DeepPink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
678 {"pink" , PALETTERGB (255,192,203)},
679 {"light pink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
680 {"LightPink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
681 {"pale violet red" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
682 {"PaleVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
683 {"maroon" , PALETTERGB (176, 48, 96)},
684 {"medium violet red" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
685 {"MediumVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
686 {"violet red" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
687 {"VioletRed" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
688 {"magenta" , PALETTERGB (255, 0,255)},
689 {"violet" , PALETTERGB (238,130,238)},
690 {"plum" , PALETTERGB (221,160,221)},
691 {"orchid" , PALETTERGB (218,112,214)},
692 {"medium orchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
693 {"MediumOrchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
694 {"dark orchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
695 {"DarkOrchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
696 {"dark violet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
697 {"DarkViolet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
698 {"blue violet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
699 {"BlueViolet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
700 {"purple" , PALETTERGB (160, 32,240)},
701 {"medium purple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
702 {"MediumPurple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
703 {"thistle" , PALETTERGB (216,191,216)},
704 {"gray0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
705 {"grey0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
706 {"dark grey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
707 {"DarkGrey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
708 {"dark gray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
709 {"DarkGray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
710 {"dark blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
711 {"DarkBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
712 {"dark cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
713 {"DarkCyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
714 {"dark magenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
715 {"DarkMagenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
716 {"dark red" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
717 {"DarkRed" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
718 {"light green" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
719 {"LightGreen" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
720 };
721
722 static Lisp_Object
723 w32_default_color_map (void)
724 {
725 int i;
726 colormap_t *pc = w32_color_map;
727 Lisp_Object cmap;
728
729 block_input ();
730
731 cmap = Qnil;
732
733 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (w32_color_map) / sizeof (w32_color_map[0]);
734 pc++, i++)
735 cmap = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (pc->name),
736 make_number (pc->colorref)),
737 cmap);
738
739 unblock_input ();
740
741 return (cmap);
742 }
743
744 DEFUN ("w32-default-color-map", Fw32_default_color_map, Sw32_default_color_map,
745 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the default color map. */)
746 (void)
747 {
748 return w32_default_color_map ();
749 }
750
751 static Lisp_Object
752 w32_color_map_lookup (const char *colorname)
753 {
754 Lisp_Object tail, ret = Qnil;
755
756 block_input ();
757
758 for (tail = Vw32_color_map; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
759 {
760 register Lisp_Object elt, tem;
761
762 elt = XCAR (tail);
763 if (!CONSP (elt)) continue;
764
765 tem = XCAR (elt);
766
767 if (lstrcmpi (SDATA (tem), colorname) == 0)
768 {
769 ret = Fcdr (elt);
770 break;
771 }
772
773 QUIT;
774 }
775
776 unblock_input ();
777
778 return ret;
779 }
780
781
782 static void
783 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (Lisp_Object *system_colors)
784 {
785 HKEY colors_key;
786
787 /* Other registry operations are done with input blocked. */
788 block_input ();
789
790 /* Look for "Control Panel/Colors" under User and Machine registry
791 settings. */
792 if (RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_CURRENT_USER, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
793 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS
794 || RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
795 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
796 {
797 /* List all keys. */
798 char color_buffer[64];
799 char full_name_buffer[MAX_PATH + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN];
800 int index = 0;
801 DWORD name_size, color_size;
802 char *name_buffer = full_name_buffer + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
803
804 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
805 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
806
807 strcpy (full_name_buffer, SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX);
808
809 while (RegEnumValueA (colors_key, index, name_buffer, &name_size,
810 NULL, NULL, color_buffer, &color_size)
811 == ERROR_SUCCESS)
812 {
813 int r, g, b;
814 if (sscanf (color_buffer, " %u %u %u", &r, &g, &b) == 3)
815 *system_colors = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (full_name_buffer),
816 make_number (RGB (r, g, b))),
817 *system_colors);
818
819 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
820 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
821 index++;
822 }
823 RegCloseKey (colors_key);
824 }
825
826 unblock_input ();
827 }
828
829
830 static Lisp_Object
831 x_to_w32_color (const char * colorname)
832 {
833 register Lisp_Object ret = Qnil;
834
835 block_input ();
836
837 if (colorname[0] == '#')
838 {
839 /* Could be an old-style RGB Device specification. */
840 int size = strlen (colorname + 1);
841 char *color = alloca (size + 1);
842
843 strcpy (color, colorname + 1);
844 if (size == 3 || size == 6 || size == 9 || size == 12)
845 {
846 UINT colorval;
847 int i, pos;
848 pos = 0;
849 size /= 3;
850 colorval = 0;
851
852 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
853 {
854 char *end;
855 char t;
856 unsigned long value;
857
858 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
859 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
860 our numbers, and we don't. */
861 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
862 break;
863 t = color[size];
864 color[size] = '\0';
865 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
866 color[size] = t;
867 if (errno == ERANGE || end - color != size)
868 break;
869 switch (size)
870 {
871 case 1:
872 value = value * 0x10;
873 break;
874 case 2:
875 break;
876 case 3:
877 value /= 0x10;
878 break;
879 case 4:
880 value /= 0x100;
881 break;
882 }
883 colorval |= (value << pos);
884 pos += 0x8;
885 if (i == 2)
886 {
887 unblock_input ();
888 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
889 return ret;
890 }
891 color = end;
892 }
893 }
894 }
895 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgb:", 4) == 0)
896 {
897 const char *color;
898 UINT colorval;
899 int i, pos;
900 pos = 0;
901
902 colorval = 0;
903 color = colorname + 4;
904 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
905 {
906 char *end;
907 unsigned long value;
908
909 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
910 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
911 our numbers, and we don't. */
912 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
913 break;
914 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
915 if (errno == ERANGE)
916 break;
917 switch (end - color)
918 {
919 case 1:
920 value = value * 0x10 + value;
921 break;
922 case 2:
923 break;
924 case 3:
925 value /= 0x10;
926 break;
927 case 4:
928 value /= 0x100;
929 break;
930 default:
931 value = ULONG_MAX;
932 }
933 if (value == ULONG_MAX)
934 break;
935 colorval |= (value << pos);
936 pos += 0x8;
937 if (i == 2)
938 {
939 if (*end != '\0')
940 break;
941 unblock_input ();
942 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
943 return ret;
944 }
945 if (*end != '/')
946 break;
947 color = end + 1;
948 }
949 }
950 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgbi:", 5) == 0)
951 {
952 /* This is an RGB Intensity specification. */
953 const char *color;
954 UINT colorval;
955 int i, pos;
956 pos = 0;
957
958 colorval = 0;
959 color = colorname + 5;
960 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
961 {
962 char *end;
963 double value;
964 UINT val;
965
966 value = strtod (color, &end);
967 if (errno == ERANGE)
968 break;
969 if (value < 0.0 || value > 1.0)
970 break;
971 val = (UINT)(0x100 * value);
972 /* We used 0x100 instead of 0xFF to give a continuous
973 range between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive. The next statement
974 fixes the 1.0 case. */
975 if (val == 0x100)
976 val = 0xFF;
977 colorval |= (val << pos);
978 pos += 0x8;
979 if (i == 2)
980 {
981 if (*end != '\0')
982 break;
983 unblock_input ();
984 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
985 return ret;
986 }
987 if (*end != '/')
988 break;
989 color = end + 1;
990 }
991 }
992 /* I am not going to attempt to handle any of the CIE color schemes
993 or TekHVC, since I don't know the algorithms for conversion to
994 RGB. */
995
996 /* If we fail to lookup the color name in w32_color_map, then check the
997 colorname to see if it can be crudely approximated: If the X color
998 ends in a number (e.g., "darkseagreen2"), strip the number and
999 return the result of looking up the base color name. */
1000 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (colorname);
1001 if (NILP (ret))
1002 {
1003 int len = strlen (colorname);
1004
1005 if (isdigit (colorname[len - 1]))
1006 {
1007 char *ptr, *approx = alloca (len + 1);
1008
1009 strcpy (approx, colorname);
1010 ptr = &approx[len - 1];
1011 while (ptr > approx && isdigit (*ptr))
1012 *ptr-- = '\0';
1013
1014 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (approx);
1015 }
1016 }
1017
1018 unblock_input ();
1019 return ret;
1020 }
1021
1022 void
1023 w32_regenerate_palette (struct frame *f)
1024 {
1025 struct w32_palette_entry * list;
1026 LOGPALETTE * log_palette;
1027 HPALETTE new_palette;
1028 int i;
1029
1030 /* don't bother trying to create palette if not supported */
1031 if (! FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->has_palette)
1032 return;
1033
1034 log_palette = (LOGPALETTE *)
1035 alloca (sizeof (LOGPALETTE) +
1036 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors * sizeof (PALETTEENTRY));
1037 log_palette->palVersion = 0x300;
1038 log_palette->palNumEntries = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1039
1040 list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1041 for (i = 0;
1042 i < FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1043 i++, list = list->next)
1044 log_palette->palPalEntry[i] = list->entry;
1045
1046 new_palette = CreatePalette (log_palette);
1047
1048 enter_crit ();
1049
1050 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette)
1051 DeleteObject (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette);
1052 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette = new_palette;
1053
1054 /* Realize display palette and garbage all frames. */
1055 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
1056
1057 leave_crit ();
1058 }
1059
1060 #define W32_COLOR(pe) RGB (pe.peRed, pe.peGreen, pe.peBlue)
1061 #define SET_W32_COLOR(pe, color) \
1062 do \
1063 { \
1064 pe.peRed = GetRValue (color); \
1065 pe.peGreen = GetGValue (color); \
1066 pe.peBlue = GetBValue (color); \
1067 pe.peFlags = 0; \
1068 } while (0)
1069
1070 #if 0
1071 /* Keep these around in case we ever want to track color usage. */
1072 void
1073 w32_map_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1074 {
1075 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1076
1077 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1078 return;
1079
1080 /* check if color is already mapped */
1081 while (list)
1082 {
1083 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1084 {
1085 ++list->refcount;
1086 return;
1087 }
1088 list = list->next;
1089 }
1090
1091 /* not already mapped, so add to list and recreate Windows palette */
1092 list = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1093 SET_W32_COLOR (list->entry, color);
1094 list->refcount = 1;
1095 list->next = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1096 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list = list;
1097 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors++;
1098
1099 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1100 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1101 }
1102
1103 void
1104 w32_unmap_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1105 {
1106 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1107 struct w32_palette_entry **prev = &FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1108
1109 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1110 return;
1111
1112 /* check if color is already mapped */
1113 while (list)
1114 {
1115 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1116 {
1117 if (--list->refcount == 0)
1118 {
1119 *prev = list->next;
1120 xfree (list);
1121 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors--;
1122 break;
1123 }
1124 else
1125 return;
1126 }
1127 prev = &list->next;
1128 list = list->next;
1129 }
1130
1131 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1132 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1133 }
1134 #endif
1135
1136
1137 /* Gamma-correct COLOR on frame F. */
1138
1139 void
1140 gamma_correct (struct frame *f, COLORREF *color)
1141 {
1142 if (f->gamma)
1143 {
1144 *color = PALETTERGB (
1145 pow (GetRValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1146 pow (GetGValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1147 pow (GetBValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5);
1148 }
1149 }
1150
1151
1152 /* Decide if color named COLOR is valid for the display associated with
1153 the selected frame; if so, return the rgb values in COLOR_DEF.
1154 If ALLOC is nonzero, allocate a new colormap cell. */
1155
1156 int
1157 w32_defined_color (struct frame *f, const char *color, XColor *color_def, int alloc)
1158 {
1159 register Lisp_Object tem;
1160 COLORREF w32_color_ref;
1161
1162 tem = x_to_w32_color (color);
1163
1164 if (!NILP (tem))
1165 {
1166 if (f)
1167 {
1168 /* Apply gamma correction. */
1169 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem);
1170 gamma_correct (f, &w32_color_ref);
1171 XSETINT (tem, w32_color_ref);
1172 }
1173
1174 /* Map this color to the palette if it is enabled. */
1175 if (!NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1176 {
1177 struct w32_palette_entry * entry =
1178 one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1179 struct w32_palette_entry ** prev =
1180 &one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1181
1182 /* check if color is already mapped */
1183 while (entry)
1184 {
1185 if (W32_COLOR (entry->entry) == XUINT (tem))
1186 break;
1187 prev = &entry->next;
1188 entry = entry->next;
1189 }
1190
1191 if (entry == NULL && alloc)
1192 {
1193 /* not already mapped, so add to list */
1194 entry = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1195 SET_W32_COLOR (entry->entry, XUINT (tem));
1196 entry->next = NULL;
1197 *prev = entry;
1198 one_w32_display_info.num_colors++;
1199
1200 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1201 one_w32_display_info.regen_palette = TRUE;
1202 }
1203 }
1204 /* Ensure COLORREF value is snapped to nearest color in (default)
1205 palette by simulating the PALETTERGB macro. This works whether
1206 or not the display device has a palette. */
1207 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem) | 0x2000000;
1208
1209 color_def->pixel = w32_color_ref;
1210 color_def->red = GetRValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1211 color_def->green = GetGValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1212 color_def->blue = GetBValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1213
1214 return 1;
1215 }
1216 else
1217 {
1218 return 0;
1219 }
1220 }
1221
1222 /* Given a string ARG naming a color, compute a pixel value from it
1223 suitable for screen F.
1224 If F is not a color screen, return DEF (default) regardless of what
1225 ARG says. */
1226
1227 int
1228 x_decode_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, int def)
1229 {
1230 XColor cdef;
1231
1232 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1233
1234 if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "black") == 0)
1235 return BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1236 else if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "white") == 0)
1237 return WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1238
1239 if ((FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes * FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_cbits) == 1)
1240 return def;
1241
1242 /* w32_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures
1243 by looking for a near-miss. */
1244 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (arg), &cdef, 1))
1245 return cdef.pixel;
1246
1247 /* defined_color failed; return an ultimate default. */
1248 return def;
1249 }
1250 \f
1251
1252
1253 /* Functions called only from `x_set_frame_param'
1254 to set individual parameters.
1255
1256 If FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) is 0,
1257 the frame is being created and its window does not exist yet.
1258 In that case, just record the parameter's new value
1259 in the standard place; do not attempt to change the window. */
1260
1261 void
1262 x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1263 {
1264 struct w32_output *x = f->output_data.w32;
1265 PIX_TYPE fg, old_fg;
1266
1267 fg = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1268 old_fg = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1269 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) = fg;
1270
1271 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1272 {
1273 if (x->cursor_pixel == old_fg)
1274 {
1275 x->cursor_pixel = fg;
1276 x->cursor_gc->background = fg;
1277 }
1278
1279 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qforeground_color, arg);
1280 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1281 redraw_frame (f);
1282 }
1283 }
1284
1285 void
1286 x_set_background_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1287 {
1288 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
1289 = x_decode_color (f, arg, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1290
1291 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1292 {
1293 SetWindowLong (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX,
1294 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1295
1296 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qbackground_color, arg);
1297
1298 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1299 redraw_frame (f);
1300 }
1301 }
1302
1303 void
1304 x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1305 {
1306 Cursor cursor, nontext_cursor, mode_cursor, hand_cursor;
1307 int count;
1308 int mask_color;
1309
1310 if (!EQ (Qnil, arg))
1311 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1312 = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1313 mask_color = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1314
1315 /* Don't let pointers be invisible. */
1316 if (mask_color == f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1317 && mask_color == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1318 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1319
1320 #if 0 /* TODO : Mouse cursor customization. */
1321 block_input ();
1322
1323 /* It's not okay to crash if the user selects a screwy cursor. */
1324 count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1325
1326 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_pointer_shape))
1327 {
1328 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_pointer_shape);
1329 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XINT (Vx_pointer_shape));
1330 }
1331 else
1332 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1333 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad text pointer cursor: %s");
1334
1335 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_nontext_pointer_shape))
1336 {
1337 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape);
1338 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1339 XINT (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape));
1340 }
1341 else
1342 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_left_ptr);
1343 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1344
1345 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape))
1346 {
1347 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape);
1348 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1349 XINT (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape));
1350 }
1351 else
1352 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_watch);
1353 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad busy pointer cursor: %s");
1354
1355 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1356 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_mode_pointer_shape))
1357 {
1358 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_mode_pointer_shape);
1359 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1360 XINT (Vx_mode_pointer_shape));
1361 }
1362 else
1363 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1364 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad modeline pointer cursor: %s");
1365
1366 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape))
1367 {
1368 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape);
1369 hand_cursor
1370 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1371 XINT (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape));
1372 }
1373 else
1374 hand_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_crosshair);
1375
1376 if (!NILP (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape))
1377 {
1378 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape);
1379 horizontal_drag_cursor
1380 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1381 XINT (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape));
1382 }
1383 else
1384 horizontal_drag_cursor
1385 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_h_double_arrow);
1386
1387 if (!NILP (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape))
1388 {
1389 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape);
1390 vertical_drag_cursor
1391 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1392 XINT (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape));
1393 }
1394 else
1395 vertical_drag_cursor
1396 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_v_double_arrow);
1397
1398 /* Check and report errors with the above calls. */
1399 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "can't set cursor shape: %s");
1400 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), count);
1401
1402 {
1403 XColor fore_color, back_color;
1404
1405 fore_color.pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1406 back_color.pixel = mask_color;
1407 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1408 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1409 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1410 &fore_color);
1411 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1412 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1413 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1414 &back_color);
1415 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), cursor,
1416 &fore_color, &back_color);
1417 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), nontext_cursor,
1418 &fore_color, &back_color);
1419 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), mode_cursor,
1420 &fore_color, &back_color);
1421 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hand_cursor,
1422 &fore_color, &back_color);
1423 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hourglass_cursor,
1424 &fore_color, &back_color);
1425 }
1426
1427 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1428 XDefineCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor);
1429
1430 if (cursor != f->output_data.w32->text_cursor && f->output_data.w32->text_cursor != 0)
1431 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->text_cursor);
1432 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = cursor;
1433
1434 if (nontext_cursor != f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor
1435 && f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor != 0)
1436 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor);
1437 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = nontext_cursor;
1438
1439 if (hourglass_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor
1440 && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor != 0)
1441 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
1442 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = hourglass_cursor;
1443
1444 if (mode_cursor != f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor
1445 && f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor != 0)
1446 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor);
1447 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = mode_cursor;
1448
1449 if (hand_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor
1450 && f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor != 0)
1451 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor);
1452 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = hand_cursor;
1453
1454 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1455 unblock_input ();
1456
1457 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qmouse_color, arg);
1458 #endif /* TODO */
1459 }
1460
1461 void
1462 x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1463 {
1464 unsigned long fore_pixel, pixel;
1465
1466 if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel))
1467 fore_pixel = x_decode_color (f, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
1468 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1469 else
1470 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1471
1472 pixel = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1473
1474 /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */
1475 if (pixel == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1476 {
1477 pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1478 if (pixel == fore_pixel)
1479 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1480 }
1481
1482 f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel = fore_pixel;
1483 f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel = pixel;
1484
1485 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1486 {
1487 block_input ();
1488 /* Update frame's cursor_gc. */
1489 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->foreground = fore_pixel;
1490 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->background = pixel;
1491
1492 unblock_input ();
1493
1494 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1495 {
1496 x_update_cursor (f, 0);
1497 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
1498 }
1499 }
1500
1501 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qcursor_color, arg);
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Set the border-color of frame F to pixel value PIX.
1505 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1506 F has a window. */
1507
1508 void
1509 x_set_border_pixel (struct frame *f, int pix)
1510 {
1511
1512 f->output_data.w32->border_pixel = pix;
1513
1514 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0 && f->border_width > 0)
1515 {
1516 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1517 redraw_frame (f);
1518 }
1519 }
1520
1521 /* Set the border-color of frame F to value described by ARG.
1522 ARG can be a string naming a color.
1523 The border-color is used for the border that is drawn by the server.
1524 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1525 F has a window; it must be redone when the window is created. */
1526
1527 void
1528 x_set_border_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1529 {
1530 int pix;
1531
1532 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1533 pix = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1534 x_set_border_pixel (f, pix);
1535 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qborder_color, arg);
1536 }
1537
1538
1539 void
1540 x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1541 {
1542 set_frame_cursor_types (f, arg);
1543 }
1544
1545 void
1546 x_set_icon_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1547 {
1548 int result;
1549
1550 if (NILP (arg) && NILP (oldval))
1551 return;
1552
1553 if (STRINGP (arg) && STRINGP (oldval)
1554 && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1555 return;
1556
1557 if (SYMBOLP (arg) && SYMBOLP (oldval) && EQ (arg, oldval))
1558 return;
1559
1560 block_input ();
1561
1562 result = x_bitmap_icon (f, arg);
1563 if (result)
1564 {
1565 unblock_input ();
1566 error ("No icon window available");
1567 }
1568
1569 unblock_input ();
1570 }
1571
1572 void
1573 x_set_icon_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1574 {
1575 if (STRINGP (arg))
1576 {
1577 if (STRINGP (oldval) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1578 return;
1579 }
1580 else if (!NILP (arg) || NILP (oldval))
1581 return;
1582
1583 fset_icon_name (f, arg);
1584
1585 #if 0
1586 if (f->output_data.w32->icon_bitmap != 0)
1587 return;
1588
1589 block_input ();
1590
1591 result = x_text_icon (f,
1592 SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
1593 ? f->icon_name
1594 : !NILP (f->title)
1595 ? f->title
1596 : f->name)));
1597
1598 if (result)
1599 {
1600 unblock_input ();
1601 error ("No icon window available");
1602 }
1603
1604 /* If the window was unmapped (and its icon was mapped),
1605 the new icon is not mapped, so map the window in its stead. */
1606 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1607 {
1608 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1609 XtPopup (f->output_data.w32->widget, XtGrabNone);
1610 #endif
1611 XMapWindow (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
1612 }
1613
1614 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1615 unblock_input ();
1616 #endif
1617 }
1618
1619 \f
1620 void
1621 x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1622 {
1623 int nlines;
1624
1625 /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames;
1626 most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer
1627 frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers
1628 in or split the minibuffer window. */
1629 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1630 return;
1631
1632 if (INTEGERP (value))
1633 nlines = XINT (value);
1634 else
1635 nlines = 0;
1636
1637 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) = 0;
1638 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
1639 if (nlines)
1640 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 1;
1641 else
1642 {
1643 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) == 1)
1644 free_frame_menubar (f);
1645 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 0;
1646
1647 /* Adjust the frame size so that the client (text) dimensions
1648 remain the same. This depends on FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR being
1649 set correctly. */
1650 x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 1);
1651 do_pending_window_change (0);
1652 }
1653 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1654 }
1655
1656
1657 /* Set the number of lines used for the tool bar of frame F to VALUE.
1658 VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL is
1659 the old number of tool bar lines (and is unused). This function may
1660 change the height of all windows on frame F to match the new tool bar
1661 height. By design, the frame's height doesn't change (but maybe it
1662 should if we don't get enough space otherwise). */
1663
1664 void
1665 x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1666 {
1667 int delta, nlines, root_height;
1668 int unit = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1669
1670 /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */
1671 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1672 return;
1673
1674 /* Use VALUE only if an integer >= 0. */
1675 if (INTEGERP (value) && XINT (value) >= 0)
1676 nlines = XFASTINT (value);
1677 else
1678 nlines = 0;
1679
1680 /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */
1681 windows_or_buffers_changed = 23;
1682
1683 /* DELTA is in pixels now. */
1684 delta = (nlines - FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)) * unit;
1685
1686 /* Don't resize the tool-bar to more than we have room for. FIXME:
1687 This must use window_sizable eventually !!!!!!!!!!!! */
1688 if (delta > 0)
1689 {
1690 root_height = WINDOW_PIXEL_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
1691 if (root_height - delta < unit)
1692 {
1693 delta = root_height - unit;
1694 nlines = (root_height / unit) + min (1, (root_height % unit));
1695 }
1696 }
1697
1698 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) = nlines;
1699 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = nlines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1700 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
1701 resize_frame_windows (f, FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 0, 1);
1702 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1703
1704 /* We also have to make sure that the internal border at the top of
1705 the frame, below the menu bar or tool bar, is redrawn when the
1706 tool bar disappears. This is so because the internal border is
1707 below the tool bar if one is displayed, but is below the menu bar
1708 if there isn't a tool bar. The tool bar draws into the area
1709 below the menu bar. */
1710 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) && FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) == 0)
1711 {
1712 clear_frame (f);
1713 clear_current_matrices (f);
1714 }
1715
1716 /* If the tool bar gets smaller, the internal border below it
1717 has to be cleared. It was formerly part of the display
1718 of the larger tool bar, and updating windows won't clear it. */
1719 if (delta < 0)
1720 {
1721 int height = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
1722 int width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1723 int y = nlines * unit;
1724
1725 block_input ();
1726 {
1727 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1728 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
1729 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1730 }
1731 unblock_input ();
1732
1733 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
1734 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
1735 }
1736
1737 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f);
1738
1739 }
1740
1741
1742 /* Change the name of frame F to NAME. If NAME is nil, set F's name to
1743 w32_id_name.
1744
1745 If EXPLICIT is non-zero, that indicates that lisp code is setting the
1746 name; if NAME is a string, set F's name to NAME and set
1747 F->explicit_name; if NAME is Qnil, then clear F->explicit_name.
1748
1749 If EXPLICIT is zero, that indicates that Emacs redisplay code is
1750 suggesting a new name, which lisp code should override; if
1751 F->explicit_name is set, ignore the new name; otherwise, set it. */
1752
1753 void
1754 x_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, int explicit)
1755 {
1756 /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from
1757 Emacs redisplay code. */
1758 if (explicit)
1759 {
1760 /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better
1761 update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */
1762 if (f->explicit_name && NILP (name))
1763 update_mode_lines = 25;
1764
1765 f->explicit_name = ! NILP (name);
1766 }
1767 else if (f->explicit_name)
1768 return;
1769
1770 /* If NAME is nil, set the name to the w32_id_name. */
1771 if (NILP (name))
1772 {
1773 /* Check for no change needed in this very common case
1774 before we do any consing. */
1775 if (!strcmp (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name,
1776 SDATA (f->name)))
1777 return;
1778 name = build_string (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name);
1779 }
1780 else
1781 CHECK_STRING (name);
1782
1783 /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */
1784 if (! NILP (Fstring_equal (name, f->name)))
1785 return;
1786
1787 fset_name (f, name);
1788
1789 /* For setting the frame title, the title parameter should override
1790 the name parameter. */
1791 if (! NILP (f->title))
1792 name = f->title;
1793
1794 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1795 {
1796 block_input ();
1797 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1798 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1799 unblock_input ();
1800 }
1801 }
1802
1803 /* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has
1804 specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the
1805 redisplay code. */
1806 void
1807 x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1808 {
1809 x_set_name (f, arg, 1);
1810 }
1811
1812 /* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the
1813 name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's
1814 lisp code. */
1815 void
1816 x_implicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1817 {
1818 x_set_name (f, arg, 0);
1819 }
1820 \f
1821 /* Change the title of frame F to NAME.
1822 If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */
1823
1824 void
1825 x_set_title (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, Lisp_Object old_name)
1826 {
1827 /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */
1828 if (EQ (name, f->title))
1829 return;
1830
1831 update_mode_lines = 26;
1832
1833 fset_title (f, name);
1834
1835 if (NILP (name))
1836 name = f->name;
1837
1838 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1839 {
1840 block_input ();
1841 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1842 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1843 unblock_input ();
1844 }
1845 }
1846
1847 void
1848 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame *f)
1849 {
1850 int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
1851
1852 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL);
1853 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) +
1854 wid - 1) / wid;
1855 }
1856
1857 \f
1858 /* Subroutines for creating a frame. */
1859
1860 Cursor
1861 w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name)
1862 {
1863 /* Try first to load cursor from application resource. */
1864 Cursor cursor = LoadImage ((HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle (NULL),
1865 name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1866 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1867 if (!cursor)
1868 {
1869 /* Then try to load a shared predefined cursor. */
1870 cursor = LoadImage (NULL, name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1871 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1872 }
1873 return cursor;
1874 }
1875
1876 static LRESULT CALLBACK w32_wnd_proc (HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
1877
1878 #define INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(WC) \
1879 (WC).style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; \
1880 (WC).lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) w32_wnd_proc; \
1881 (WC).cbClsExtra = 0; \
1882 (WC).cbWndExtra = WND_EXTRA_BYTES; \
1883 (WC).hInstance = hinst; \
1884 (WC).hIcon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); \
1885 (WC).hCursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); \
1886 (WC).hbrBackground = NULL; \
1887 (WC).lpszMenuName = NULL; \
1888
1889 static BOOL
1890 w32_init_class (HINSTANCE hinst)
1891 {
1892 if (w32_unicode_gui)
1893 {
1894 WNDCLASSW uwc;
1895 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(uwc);
1896 uwc.lpszClassName = L"Emacs";
1897
1898 return RegisterClassW (&uwc);
1899 }
1900 else
1901 {
1902 WNDCLASS wc;
1903 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(wc);
1904 wc.lpszClassName = EMACS_CLASS;
1905
1906 return RegisterClassA (&wc);
1907 }
1908 }
1909
1910 static HWND
1911 w32_createscrollbar (struct frame *f, struct scroll_bar * bar)
1912 {
1913 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_VERT | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE,
1914 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
1915 XINT (bar->left), XINT (bar->top),
1916 XINT (bar->width), XINT (bar->height),
1917 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), NULL, hinst, NULL);
1918 }
1919
1920 static void
1921 w32_createwindow (struct frame *f)
1922 {
1923 HWND hwnd;
1924 RECT rect;
1925 Lisp_Object top = Qunbound;
1926 Lisp_Object left = Qunbound;
1927 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
1928
1929 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
1930 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1931 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
1932
1933 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
1934 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
1935
1936 /* Do first time app init */
1937
1938 w32_init_class (hinst);
1939
1940 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition || f->size_hint_flags & PPosition)
1941 {
1942 XSETINT (left, f->left_pos);
1943 XSETINT (top, f->top_pos);
1944 }
1945 else if (EQ (left, Qunbound) && EQ (top, Qunbound))
1946 {
1947 /* When called with RES_TYPE_NUMBER, w32_get_arg will return zero
1948 for anything that is not a number and is not Qunbound. */
1949 left = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qleft, "left", "Left", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
1950 top = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qtop, "top", "Top", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
1951 }
1952
1953 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) = hwnd
1954 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
1955 f->namebuf,
1956 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
1957 EQ (left, Qunbound) ? CW_USEDEFAULT : XINT (left),
1958 EQ (top, Qunbound) ? CW_USEDEFAULT : XINT (top),
1959 rect.right - rect.left,
1960 rect.bottom - rect.top,
1961 NULL,
1962 NULL,
1963 hinst,
1964 NULL);
1965
1966 if (hwnd)
1967 {
1968 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
1969 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
1970 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
1971 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (f));
1972 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1973
1974 /* Enable drag-n-drop. */
1975 DragAcceptFiles (hwnd, TRUE);
1976
1977 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
1978 ShowWindow (hwnd, SW_HIDE);
1979
1980 /* Update frame positions. */
1981 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &rect);
1982 f->left_pos = rect.left;
1983 f->top_pos = rect.top;
1984 }
1985 }
1986
1987 static void
1988 my_post_msg (W32Msg * wmsg, HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
1989 {
1990 wmsg->msg.hwnd = hwnd;
1991 wmsg->msg.message = msg;
1992 wmsg->msg.wParam = wParam;
1993 wmsg->msg.lParam = lParam;
1994 wmsg->msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
1995
1996 post_msg (wmsg);
1997 }
1998
1999 /* GetKeyState and MapVirtualKey on Windows 95 do not actually distinguish
2000 between left and right keys as advertised. We test for this
2001 support dynamically, and set a flag when the support is absent. If
2002 absent, we keep track of the left and right control and alt keys
2003 ourselves. This is particularly necessary on keyboards that rely
2004 upon the AltGr key, which is represented as having the left control
2005 and right alt keys pressed. For these keyboards, we need to know
2006 when the left alt key has been pressed in addition to the AltGr key
2007 so that we can properly support M-AltGr-key sequences (such as M-@
2008 on Swedish keyboards). */
2009
2010 #define EMACS_LCONTROL 0
2011 #define EMACS_RCONTROL 1
2012 #define EMACS_LMENU 2
2013 #define EMACS_RMENU 3
2014
2015 static int modifiers[4];
2016 static int modifiers_recorded;
2017 static int modifier_key_support_tested;
2018
2019 static void
2020 test_modifier_support (unsigned int wparam)
2021 {
2022 unsigned int l, r;
2023
2024 if (wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU)
2025 return;
2026 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2027 {
2028 l = VK_LCONTROL;
2029 r = VK_RCONTROL;
2030 }
2031 else
2032 {
2033 l = VK_LMENU;
2034 r = VK_RMENU;
2035 }
2036 if (!(GetKeyState (l) & 0x8000) && !(GetKeyState (r) & 0x8000))
2037 modifiers_recorded = 1;
2038 else
2039 modifiers_recorded = 0;
2040 modifier_key_support_tested = 1;
2041 }
2042
2043 static void
2044 record_keydown (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2045 {
2046 int i;
2047
2048 if (!modifier_key_support_tested)
2049 test_modifier_support (wparam);
2050
2051 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2052 return;
2053
2054 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2055 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2056 else
2057 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2058
2059 modifiers[i] = 1;
2060 }
2061
2062 static void
2063 record_keyup (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2064 {
2065 int i;
2066
2067 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2068 return;
2069
2070 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2071 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2072 else
2073 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2074
2075 modifiers[i] = 0;
2076 }
2077
2078 /* Emacs can lose focus while a modifier key has been pressed. When
2079 it regains focus, be conservative and clear all modifiers since
2080 we cannot reconstruct the left and right modifier state. */
2081 static void
2082 reset_modifiers (void)
2083 {
2084 SHORT ctrl, alt;
2085
2086 if (GetFocus () == NULL)
2087 /* Emacs doesn't have keyboard focus. Do nothing. */
2088 return;
2089
2090 ctrl = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_CONTROL);
2091 alt = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU);
2092
2093 if (!(ctrl & 0x08000))
2094 /* Clear any recorded control modifier state. */
2095 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2096
2097 if (!(alt & 0x08000))
2098 /* Clear any recorded alt modifier state. */
2099 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2100
2101 /* Update the state of all modifier keys, because modifiers used in
2102 hot-key combinations can get stuck on if Emacs loses focus as a
2103 result of a hot-key being pressed. */
2104 {
2105 BYTE keystate[256];
2106
2107 #define CURRENT_STATE(key) ((GetAsyncKeyState (key) & 0x8000) >> 8)
2108
2109 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2110 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_SHIFT);
2111 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_CONTROL);
2112 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LCONTROL);
2113 keystate[VK_RCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RCONTROL);
2114 keystate[VK_MENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_MENU);
2115 keystate[VK_LMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LMENU);
2116 keystate[VK_RMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RMENU);
2117 keystate[VK_LWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LWIN);
2118 keystate[VK_RWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RWIN);
2119 keystate[VK_APPS] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_APPS);
2120 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2121 }
2122 }
2123
2124 /* Synchronize modifier state with what is reported with the current
2125 keystroke. Even if we cannot distinguish between left and right
2126 modifier keys, we know that, if no modifiers are set, then neither
2127 the left or right modifier should be set. */
2128 static void
2129 sync_modifiers (void)
2130 {
2131 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2132 return;
2133
2134 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000))
2135 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2136
2137 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_MENU) & 0x8000))
2138 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2139 }
2140
2141 static int
2142 modifier_set (int vkey)
2143 {
2144 /* Warning: The fact that VK_NUMLOCK is not treated as the other 2
2145 toggle keys is not an omission! If you want to add it, you will
2146 have to make changes in the default sub-case of the WM_KEYDOWN
2147 switch, because if the NUMLOCK modifier is set, the code there
2148 will directly convert any key that looks like an ASCII letter,
2149 and also downcase those that look like upper-case ASCII. */
2150 if (vkey == VK_CAPITAL)
2151 {
2152 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2153 return 0;
2154 else
2155 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2156 }
2157 if (vkey == VK_SCROLL)
2158 {
2159 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier)
2160 /* w32-scroll-lock-modifier can be any non-nil value that is
2161 not one of the modifiers, in which case it shall be ignored. */
2162 || !( EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qhyper)
2163 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qsuper)
2164 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qmeta)
2165 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qalt)
2166 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qcontrol)
2167 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qshift)))
2168 return 0;
2169 else
2170 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2171 }
2172
2173 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2174 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2175
2176 switch (vkey)
2177 {
2178 case VK_LCONTROL:
2179 return modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL];
2180 case VK_RCONTROL:
2181 return modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL];
2182 case VK_LMENU:
2183 return modifiers[EMACS_LMENU];
2184 case VK_RMENU:
2185 return modifiers[EMACS_RMENU];
2186 }
2187 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2188 }
2189
2190 /* Convert between the modifier bits W32 uses and the modifier bits
2191 Emacs uses. */
2192
2193 unsigned int
2194 w32_key_to_modifier (int key)
2195 {
2196 Lisp_Object key_mapping;
2197
2198 switch (key)
2199 {
2200 case VK_LWIN:
2201 key_mapping = Vw32_lwindow_modifier;
2202 break;
2203 case VK_RWIN:
2204 key_mapping = Vw32_rwindow_modifier;
2205 break;
2206 case VK_APPS:
2207 key_mapping = Vw32_apps_modifier;
2208 break;
2209 case VK_SCROLL:
2210 key_mapping = Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier;
2211 break;
2212 default:
2213 key_mapping = Qnil;
2214 }
2215
2216 /* NB. This code runs in the input thread, asynchronously to the lisp
2217 thread, so we must be careful to ensure access to lisp data is
2218 thread-safe. The following code is safe because the modifier
2219 variable values are updated atomically from lisp and symbols are
2220 not relocated by GC. Also, we don't have to worry about seeing GC
2221 markbits here. */
2222 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qhyper))
2223 return hyper_modifier;
2224 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qsuper))
2225 return super_modifier;
2226 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qmeta))
2227 return meta_modifier;
2228 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qalt))
2229 return alt_modifier;
2230 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qctrl))
2231 return ctrl_modifier;
2232 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qcontrol)) /* synonym for ctrl */
2233 return ctrl_modifier;
2234 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qshift))
2235 return shift_modifier;
2236
2237 /* Don't generate any modifier if not explicitly requested. */
2238 return 0;
2239 }
2240
2241 static unsigned int
2242 w32_get_modifiers (void)
2243 {
2244 return ((modifier_set (VK_SHIFT) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
2245 (modifier_set (VK_CONTROL) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
2246 (modifier_set (VK_LWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN) : 0) |
2247 (modifier_set (VK_RWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN) : 0) |
2248 (modifier_set (VK_APPS) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS) : 0) |
2249 (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL) : 0) |
2250 (modifier_set (VK_MENU) ?
2251 ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier) : 0));
2252 }
2253
2254 /* We map the VK_* modifiers into console modifier constants
2255 so that we can use the same routines to handle both console
2256 and window input. */
2257
2258 static int
2259 construct_console_modifiers (void)
2260 {
2261 int mods;
2262
2263 mods = 0;
2264 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SHIFT)) ? SHIFT_PRESSED : 0;
2265 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_CAPITAL)) ? CAPSLOCK_ON : 0;
2266 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL)) ? SCROLLLOCK_ON : 0;
2267 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_NUMLOCK)) ? NUMLOCK_ON : 0;
2268 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL)) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2269 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL)) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2270 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LMENU)) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2271 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RMENU)) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2272 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LWIN)) ? LEFT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2273 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RWIN)) ? RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2274 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_APPS)) ? APPS_PRESSED : 0;
2275
2276 return mods;
2277 }
2278
2279 static int
2280 w32_get_key_modifiers (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2281 {
2282 int mods;
2283
2284 /* Convert to emacs modifiers. */
2285 mods = w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (construct_console_modifiers (), wparam);
2286
2287 return mods;
2288 }
2289
2290 unsigned int
2291 map_keypad_keys (unsigned int virt_key, unsigned int extended)
2292 {
2293 if (virt_key < VK_CLEAR || virt_key > VK_DELETE)
2294 return virt_key;
2295
2296 if (virt_key == VK_RETURN)
2297 return (extended ? VK_NUMPAD_ENTER : VK_RETURN);
2298
2299 if (virt_key >= VK_PRIOR && virt_key <= VK_DOWN)
2300 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_PRIOR + (virt_key - VK_PRIOR)) : virt_key);
2301
2302 if (virt_key == VK_INSERT || virt_key == VK_DELETE)
2303 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_INSERT + (virt_key - VK_INSERT)) : virt_key);
2304
2305 if (virt_key == VK_CLEAR)
2306 return (!extended ? VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR : virt_key);
2307
2308 return virt_key;
2309 }
2310
2311 /* List of special key combinations which w32 would normally capture,
2312 but Emacs should grab instead. Not directly visible to lisp, to
2313 simplify synchronization. Each item is an integer encoding a virtual
2314 key code and modifier combination to capture. */
2315 static Lisp_Object w32_grabbed_keys;
2316
2317 #define HOTKEY(vk, mods) make_number (((vk) & 255) | ((mods) << 8))
2318 #define HOTKEY_ID(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 0xbfff)
2319 #define HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 255)
2320 #define HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) (XFASTINT (k) >> 8)
2321
2322 #define RAW_HOTKEY_ID(k) ((k) & 0xbfff)
2323 #define RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) ((k) & 255)
2324 #define RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) ((k) >> 8)
2325
2326 /* Register hot-keys for reserved key combinations when Emacs has
2327 keyboard focus, since this is the only way Emacs can receive key
2328 combinations like Alt-Tab which are used by the system. */
2329
2330 static void
2331 register_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2332 {
2333 Lisp_Object keylist;
2334
2335 /* Use CONSP, since we are called asynchronously. */
2336 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2337 {
2338 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2339
2340 /* Deleted entries get set to nil. */
2341 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2342 continue;
2343
2344 RegisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key),
2345 HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (key), HOTKEY_VK_CODE (key));
2346 }
2347 }
2348
2349 static void
2350 unregister_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2351 {
2352 Lisp_Object keylist;
2353
2354 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2355 {
2356 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2357
2358 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2359 continue;
2360
2361 UnregisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key));
2362 }
2363 }
2364
2365 #if EMACSDEBUG
2366 const char*
2367 w32_name_of_message (UINT msg)
2368 {
2369 unsigned i;
2370 static char buf[64];
2371 static const struct {
2372 UINT msg;
2373 const char* name;
2374 } msgnames[] = {
2375 #define M(msg) { msg, # msg }
2376 M (WM_PAINT),
2377 M (WM_TIMER),
2378 M (WM_USER),
2379 M (WM_MOUSEMOVE),
2380 M (WM_LBUTTONUP),
2381 M (WM_KEYDOWN),
2382 M (WM_EMACS_KILL),
2383 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW),
2384 M (WM_EMACS_DONE),
2385 M (WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR),
2386 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW),
2387 M (WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS),
2388 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW),
2389 M (WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU),
2390 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS),
2391 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND),
2392 M (WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE),
2393 M (WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT),
2394 M (WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2395 M (WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2396 M (WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY),
2397 M (WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET),
2398 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET),
2399 M (WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET),
2400 M (WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET),
2401 M (WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR),
2402 M (WM_EMACS_PAINT),
2403 M (WM_CHAR),
2404 #undef M
2405 { 0, 0 }
2406 };
2407
2408 for (i = 0; msgnames[i].name; ++i)
2409 if (msgnames[i].msg == msg)
2410 return msgnames[i].name;
2411
2412 sprintf (buf, "message 0x%04x", (unsigned)msg);
2413 return buf;
2414 }
2415 #endif /* EMACSDEBUG */
2416
2417 /* Here's an overview of how Emacs input works in GUI sessions on
2418 MS-Windows. (For description of non-GUI input, see the commentary
2419 before w32_console_read_socket in w32inevt.c.)
2420
2421 System messages are read and processed by w32_msg_pump below. This
2422 function runs in a separate thread. It handles a small number of
2423 custom WM_EMACS_* messages (posted by the main thread, look for
2424 PostMessage calls), and dispatches the rest to w32_wnd_proc, which
2425 is the main window procedure for the entire Emacs application.
2426
2427 w32_wnd_proc also runs in the same separate input thread. It
2428 handles some messages, mostly those that need GDI calls, by itself.
2429 For the others, it calls my_post_msg, which inserts the messages
2430 into the input queue serviced by w32_read_socket.
2431
2432 w32_read_socket runs in the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread, and is
2433 called synchronously from keyboard.c when it is known or suspected
2434 that some input is available. w32_read_socket either handles
2435 messages immediately, or converts them into Emacs input events and
2436 stuffs them into kbd_buffer, where kbd_buffer_get_event can get at
2437 them and process them when read_char and its callers require
2438 input.
2439
2440 Under Cygwin with the W32 toolkit, the use of /dev/windows with
2441 select(2) takes the place of w32_read_socket.
2442
2443 */
2444
2445 /* Main message dispatch loop. */
2446
2447 static void
2448 w32_msg_pump (deferred_msg * msg_buf)
2449 {
2450 MSG msg;
2451 WPARAM result;
2452 HWND focus_window;
2453
2454 msh_mousewheel = RegisterWindowMessage (MSH_MOUSEWHEEL);
2455
2456 while ((w32_unicode_gui ? GetMessageW : GetMessageA) (&msg, NULL, 0, 0))
2457 {
2458
2459 /* DebPrint (("w32_msg_pump: %s time:%u\n", */
2460 /* w32_name_of_message (msg.message), msg.time)); */
2461
2462 if (msg.hwnd == NULL)
2463 {
2464 switch (msg.message)
2465 {
2466 case WM_NULL:
2467 /* Produced by complete_deferred_msg; just ignore. */
2468 break;
2469 case WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW:
2470 /* Initialize COM for this window. Even though we don't use it,
2471 some third party shell extensions can cause it to be used in
2472 system dialogs, which causes a crash if it is not initialized.
2473 This is a known bug in Windows, which was fixed long ago, but
2474 the patch for XP is not publicly available until XP SP3,
2475 and older versions will never be patched. */
2476 CoInitialize (NULL);
2477 w32_createwindow ((struct frame *) msg.wParam);
2478 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2479 emacs_abort ();
2480 break;
2481 case WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE:
2482 SetThreadLocale (msg.wParam);
2483 /* Reply is not expected. */
2484 break;
2485 case WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT:
2486 result = (WPARAM) ActivateKeyboardLayout ((HKL) msg.wParam, 0);
2487 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2488 result, 0))
2489 emacs_abort ();
2490 break;
2491 case WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2492 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2493 if (focus_window != NULL)
2494 RegisterHotKey (focus_window,
2495 RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam),
2496 RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (msg.wParam),
2497 RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE (msg.wParam));
2498 /* Reply is not expected. */
2499 break;
2500 case WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2501 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2502 if (focus_window != NULL)
2503 UnregisterHotKey (focus_window, RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam));
2504 /* Mark item as erased. NB: this code must be
2505 thread-safe. The next line is okay because the cons
2506 cell is never made into garbage and is not relocated by
2507 GC. */
2508 XSETCAR (XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam), Qnil);
2509 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2510 emacs_abort ();
2511 break;
2512 case WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY:
2513 {
2514 int vk_code = (int) msg.wParam;
2515 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
2516 Lisp_Object new_state = XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam);
2517
2518 /* NB: This code must be thread-safe. It is safe to
2519 call NILP because symbols are not relocated by GC,
2520 and pointer here is not touched by GC (so the markbit
2521 can't be set). Numbers are safe because they are
2522 immediate values. */
2523 if (NILP (new_state)
2524 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
2525 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
2526 {
2527 one_w32_display_info.faked_key = vk_code;
2528
2529 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2530 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2531 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2532 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2533 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2534 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
2535 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2536 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2537 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2538 cur_state = !cur_state;
2539 }
2540 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2541 cur_state, 0))
2542 emacs_abort ();
2543 }
2544 break;
2545 #ifdef MSG_DEBUG
2546 /* Broadcast messages make it here, so you need to be looking
2547 for something in particular for this to be useful. */
2548 default:
2549 DebPrint (("msg %x not expected by w32_msg_pump\n", msg.message));
2550 #endif
2551 }
2552 }
2553 else
2554 {
2555 if (w32_unicode_gui)
2556 DispatchMessageW (&msg);
2557 else
2558 DispatchMessageA (&msg);
2559 }
2560
2561 /* Exit nested loop when our deferred message has completed. */
2562 if (msg_buf->completed)
2563 break;
2564 }
2565 }
2566
2567 deferred_msg * deferred_msg_head;
2568
2569 static deferred_msg *
2570 find_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg)
2571 {
2572 deferred_msg * item;
2573
2574 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2575 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2576 /* enter_crit (); */
2577
2578 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2579 if (item->w32msg.msg.hwnd == hwnd
2580 && item->w32msg.msg.message == msg)
2581 break;
2582
2583 /* leave_crit (); */
2584
2585 return item;
2586 }
2587
2588 static LRESULT
2589 send_deferred_msg (deferred_msg * msg_buf,
2590 HWND hwnd,
2591 UINT msg,
2592 WPARAM wParam,
2593 LPARAM lParam)
2594 {
2595 /* Only input thread can send deferred messages. */
2596 if (GetCurrentThreadId () != dwWindowsThreadId)
2597 emacs_abort ();
2598
2599 /* It is an error to send a message that is already deferred. */
2600 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
2601 emacs_abort ();
2602
2603 /* Enforced synchronization is not needed because this is the only
2604 function that alters deferred_msg_head, and the following critical
2605 section is guaranteed to only be serially reentered (since only the
2606 input thread can call us). */
2607
2608 /* enter_crit (); */
2609
2610 msg_buf->completed = 0;
2611 msg_buf->next = deferred_msg_head;
2612 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf;
2613 my_post_msg (&msg_buf->w32msg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2614
2615 /* leave_crit (); */
2616
2617 /* Start a new nested message loop to process other messages until
2618 this one is completed. */
2619 w32_msg_pump (msg_buf);
2620
2621 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf->next;
2622
2623 return msg_buf->result;
2624 }
2625
2626 void
2627 complete_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, LRESULT result)
2628 {
2629 deferred_msg * msg_buf = find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg);
2630
2631 if (msg_buf == NULL)
2632 /* Message may have been canceled, so don't abort. */
2633 return;
2634
2635 msg_buf->result = result;
2636 msg_buf->completed = 1;
2637
2638 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2639 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2640 }
2641
2642 static void
2643 cancel_all_deferred_msgs (void)
2644 {
2645 deferred_msg * item;
2646
2647 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2648 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2649 /* enter_crit (); */
2650
2651 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2652 {
2653 item->result = 0;
2654 item->completed = 1;
2655 }
2656
2657 /* leave_crit (); */
2658
2659 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2660 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2661 }
2662
2663 DWORD WINAPI
2664 w32_msg_worker (void *arg)
2665 {
2666 MSG msg;
2667 deferred_msg dummy_buf;
2668
2669 /* Ensure our message queue is created */
2670
2671 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
2672
2673 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2674 emacs_abort ();
2675
2676 memset (&dummy_buf, 0, sizeof (dummy_buf));
2677 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.hwnd = NULL;
2678 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.message = WM_NULL;
2679
2680 /* This is the initial message loop which should only exit when the
2681 application quits. */
2682 w32_msg_pump (&dummy_buf);
2683
2684 return 0;
2685 }
2686
2687 static void
2688 signal_user_input (void)
2689 {
2690 /* Interrupt any lisp that wants to be interrupted by input. */
2691 if (!NILP (Vthrow_on_input))
2692 {
2693 Vquit_flag = Vthrow_on_input;
2694 /* Doing a QUIT from this thread is a bad idea, since this
2695 unwinds the stack of the Lisp thread, and the Windows runtime
2696 rightfully barfs. Disabled. */
2697 #if 0
2698 /* If we're inside a function that wants immediate quits,
2699 do it now. */
2700 if (immediate_quit && NILP (Vinhibit_quit))
2701 {
2702 immediate_quit = 0;
2703 QUIT;
2704 }
2705 #endif
2706 }
2707 }
2708
2709
2710 static void
2711 post_character_message (HWND hwnd, UINT msg,
2712 WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
2713 DWORD modifiers)
2714 {
2715 W32Msg wmsg;
2716
2717 wmsg.dwModifiers = modifiers;
2718
2719 /* Detect quit_char and set quit-flag directly. Note that we
2720 still need to post a message to ensure the main thread will be
2721 woken up if blocked in sys_select, but we do NOT want to post
2722 the quit_char message itself (because it will usually be as if
2723 the user had typed quit_char twice). Instead, we post a dummy
2724 message that has no particular effect. */
2725 {
2726 int c = wParam;
2727 if (isalpha (c) && wmsg.dwModifiers == ctrl_modifier)
2728 c = make_ctrl_char (c) & 0377;
2729 if (c == quit_char
2730 || (wmsg.dwModifiers == 0
2731 && w32_quit_key && wParam == w32_quit_key))
2732 {
2733 Vquit_flag = Qt;
2734
2735 /* The choice of message is somewhat arbitrary, as long as
2736 the main thread handler just ignores it. */
2737 msg = WM_NULL;
2738
2739 /* Interrupt any blocking system calls. */
2740 signal_quit ();
2741
2742 /* As a safety precaution, forcibly complete any deferred
2743 messages. This is a kludge, but I don't see any particularly
2744 clean way to handle the situation where a deferred message is
2745 "dropped" in the lisp thread, and will thus never be
2746 completed, eg. by the user trying to activate the menubar
2747 when the lisp thread is busy, and then typing C-g when the
2748 menubar doesn't open promptly (with the result that the
2749 menubar never responds at all because the deferred
2750 WM_INITMENU message is never completed). Another problem
2751 situation is when the lisp thread calls SendMessage (to send
2752 a window manager command) when a message has been deferred;
2753 the lisp thread gets blocked indefinitely waiting for the
2754 deferred message to be completed, which itself is waiting for
2755 the lisp thread to respond.
2756
2757 Note that we don't want to block the input thread waiting for
2758 a response from the lisp thread (although that would at least
2759 solve the deadlock problem above), because we want to be able
2760 to receive C-g to interrupt the lisp thread. */
2761 cancel_all_deferred_msgs ();
2762 }
2763 else
2764 signal_user_input ();
2765 }
2766
2767 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2768 }
2769
2770 /* Main window procedure */
2771
2772 static LRESULT CALLBACK
2773 w32_wnd_proc (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
2774 {
2775 struct frame *f;
2776 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
2777 W32Msg wmsg;
2778 int windows_translate;
2779 int key;
2780
2781 /* Note that it is okay to call x_window_to_frame, even though we are
2782 not running in the main lisp thread, because frame deletion
2783 requires the lisp thread to synchronize with this thread. Thus, if
2784 a frame struct is returned, it can be used without concern that the
2785 lisp thread might make it disappear while we are using it.
2786
2787 NB. Walking the frame list in this thread is safe (as long as
2788 writes of Lisp_Object slots are atomic, which they are on Windows).
2789 Although delete-frame can destructively modify the frame list while
2790 we are walking it, a garbage collection cannot occur until after
2791 delete-frame has synchronized with this thread.
2792
2793 It is also safe to use functions that make GDI calls, such as
2794 w32_clear_rect, because these functions must obtain a DC handle
2795 from the frame struct using get_frame_dc which is thread-aware. */
2796
2797 switch (msg)
2798 {
2799 case WM_ERASEBKGND:
2800 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2801 if (f)
2802 {
2803 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
2804 GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect, FALSE);
2805 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &wmsg.rect);
2806 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
2807
2808 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2809 DebPrint (("WM_ERASEBKGND (frame %p): erasing %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2810 f,
2811 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2812 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2813 #endif /* W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY */
2814 }
2815 return 1;
2816 case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
2817 /* ignore our own changes */
2818 if ((HWND)wParam != hwnd)
2819 {
2820 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2821 if (f)
2822 /* get_frame_dc will realize our palette and force all
2823 frames to be redrawn if needed. */
2824 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
2825 }
2826 return 0;
2827 case WM_PAINT:
2828 {
2829 PAINTSTRUCT paintStruct;
2830 RECT update_rect;
2831 memset (&update_rect, 0, sizeof (update_rect));
2832
2833 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2834 if (f == 0)
2835 {
2836 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT received for unknown window %p\n", hwnd));
2837 return 0;
2838 }
2839
2840 /* MSDN Docs say not to call BeginPaint if GetUpdateRect
2841 fails. Apparently this can happen under some
2842 circumstances. */
2843 if (GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &update_rect, FALSE) || !w32_strict_painting)
2844 {
2845 enter_crit ();
2846 BeginPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2847
2848 /* The rectangles returned by GetUpdateRect and BeginPaint
2849 do not always match. Play it safe by assuming both areas
2850 are invalid. */
2851 UnionRect (&(wmsg.rect), &update_rect, &(paintStruct.rcPaint));
2852
2853 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2854 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT (frame %p): painting %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2855 f,
2856 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2857 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2858 DebPrint ((" [update region is %d,%d-%d,%d]\n",
2859 update_rect.left, update_rect.top,
2860 update_rect.right, update_rect.bottom));
2861 #endif
2862 EndPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2863 leave_crit ();
2864
2865 /* Change the message type to prevent Windows from
2866 combining WM_PAINT messages in the Lisp thread's queue,
2867 since Windows assumes that each message queue is
2868 dedicated to one frame and does not bother checking
2869 that hwnd matches before combining them. */
2870 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_EMACS_PAINT, wParam, lParam);
2871
2872 return 0;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* If GetUpdateRect returns 0 (meaning there is no update
2876 region), assume the whole window needs to be repainted. */
2877 GetClientRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect);
2878 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2879 return 0;
2880 }
2881
2882 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
2883 /* Inform lisp thread of keyboard layout changes. */
2884 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2885
2886 /* Clear dead keys in the keyboard state; for simplicity only
2887 preserve modifier key states. */
2888 {
2889 int i;
2890 BYTE keystate[256];
2891
2892 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2893 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
2894 if (1
2895 && i != VK_SHIFT
2896 && i != VK_LSHIFT
2897 && i != VK_RSHIFT
2898 && i != VK_CAPITAL
2899 && i != VK_NUMLOCK
2900 && i != VK_SCROLL
2901 && i != VK_CONTROL
2902 && i != VK_LCONTROL
2903 && i != VK_RCONTROL
2904 && i != VK_MENU
2905 && i != VK_LMENU
2906 && i != VK_RMENU
2907 && i != VK_LWIN
2908 && i != VK_RWIN)
2909 keystate[i] = 0;
2910 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2911 }
2912 goto dflt;
2913
2914 case WM_HOTKEY:
2915 /* Synchronize hot keys with normal input. */
2916 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_KEYDOWN, HIWORD (lParam), 0);
2917 return (0);
2918
2919 case WM_KEYUP:
2920 case WM_SYSKEYUP:
2921 record_keyup (wParam, lParam);
2922 goto dflt;
2923
2924 case WM_KEYDOWN:
2925 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
2926 /* Ignore keystrokes we fake ourself; see below. */
2927 if (dpyinfo->faked_key == wParam)
2928 {
2929 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
2930 /* Make sure TranslateMessage sees them though (as long as
2931 they don't produce WM_CHAR messages). This ensures that
2932 indicator lights are toggled promptly on Windows 9x, for
2933 example. */
2934 if (wParam < 256 && lispy_function_keys[wParam])
2935 {
2936 windows_translate = 1;
2937 goto translate;
2938 }
2939 return 0;
2940 }
2941
2942 /* Synchronize modifiers with current keystroke. */
2943 sync_modifiers ();
2944 record_keydown (wParam, lParam);
2945 wParam = map_keypad_keys (wParam, (lParam & 0x1000000L) != 0);
2946
2947 windows_translate = 0;
2948
2949 switch (wParam)
2950 {
2951 case VK_LWIN:
2952 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system))
2953 {
2954 /* Prevent system from acting on keyup (which opens the
2955 Start menu if no other key was pressed) by simulating a
2956 press of Space which we will ignore. */
2957 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2958 {
2959 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2960 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2961 else
2962 key = VK_SPACE;
2963 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2964 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2965 }
2966 }
2967 if (!NILP (Vw32_lwindow_modifier))
2968 return 0;
2969 break;
2970 case VK_RWIN:
2971 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system))
2972 {
2973 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2974 {
2975 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2976 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2977 else
2978 key = VK_SPACE;
2979 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2980 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2981 }
2982 }
2983 if (!NILP (Vw32_rwindow_modifier))
2984 return 0;
2985 break;
2986 case VK_APPS:
2987 if (!NILP (Vw32_apps_modifier))
2988 return 0;
2989 break;
2990 case VK_MENU:
2991 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_alt_to_system))
2992 /* Prevent DefWindowProc from activating the menu bar if an
2993 Alt key is pressed and released by itself. */
2994 return 0;
2995 windows_translate = 1;
2996 break;
2997 case VK_CAPITAL:
2998 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2999 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
3000 goto disable_lock_key;
3001 windows_translate = 1;
3002 break;
3003 case VK_NUMLOCK:
3004 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3005 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock))
3006 goto disable_lock_key;
3007 windows_translate = 1;
3008 break;
3009 case VK_SCROLL:
3010 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3011 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier))
3012 goto disable_lock_key;
3013 windows_translate = 1;
3014 break;
3015 disable_lock_key:
3016 /* Ensure the appropriate lock key state (and indicator light)
3017 remains in the same state. We do this by faking another
3018 press of the relevant key. Apparently, this really is the
3019 only way to toggle the state of the indicator lights. */
3020 dpyinfo->faked_key = wParam;
3021 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3022 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3023 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3024 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
3025 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3026 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3027 /* Ensure indicator lights are updated promptly on Windows 9x
3028 (TranslateMessage apparently does this), after forwarding
3029 input event. */
3030 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3031 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3032 windows_translate = 1;
3033 break;
3034 case VK_CONTROL:
3035 case VK_SHIFT:
3036 case VK_PROCESSKEY: /* Generated by IME. */
3037 windows_translate = 1;
3038 break;
3039 case VK_CANCEL:
3040 /* Windows maps Ctrl-Pause (aka Ctrl-Break) into VK_CANCEL,
3041 which is confusing for purposes of key binding; convert
3042 VK_CANCEL events into VK_PAUSE events. */
3043 wParam = VK_PAUSE;
3044 break;
3045 case VK_PAUSE:
3046 /* Windows maps Ctrl-NumLock into VK_PAUSE, which is confusing
3047 for purposes of key binding; convert these back into
3048 VK_NUMLOCK events, at least when we want to see NumLock key
3049 presses. (Note that there is never any possibility that
3050 VK_PAUSE with Ctrl really is C-Pause as per above.) */
3051 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock) && modifier_set (VK_CONTROL))
3052 wParam = VK_NUMLOCK;
3053 break;
3054 default:
3055 /* If not defined as a function key, change it to a WM_CHAR message. */
3056 if (wParam > 255 || !lispy_function_keys[wParam])
3057 {
3058 DWORD modifiers = construct_console_modifiers ();
3059
3060 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
3061 && modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL) && modifier_set (VK_RMENU))
3062 {
3063 /* Always let TranslateMessage handle AltGr key chords;
3064 for some reason, ToAscii doesn't always process AltGr
3065 chords correctly. */
3066 windows_translate = 1;
3067 }
3068 else if ((modifiers & (~SHIFT_PRESSED & ~CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
3069 {
3070 /* Handle key chords including any modifiers other
3071 than shift directly, in order to preserve as much
3072 modifier information as possible. */
3073 if ('A' <= wParam && wParam <= 'Z')
3074 {
3075 /* Don't translate modified alphabetic keystrokes,
3076 so the user doesn't need to constantly switch
3077 layout to type control or meta keystrokes when
3078 the normal layout translates alphabetic
3079 characters to non-ascii characters. */
3080 if (!modifier_set (VK_SHIFT))
3081 wParam += ('a' - 'A');
3082 msg = WM_CHAR;
3083 }
3084 else
3085 {
3086 /* Try to handle other keystrokes by determining the
3087 base character (ie. translating the base key plus
3088 shift modifier). */
3089 int add;
3090 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key;
3091
3092 key.bKeyDown = TRUE;
3093 key.wRepeatCount = 1;
3094 key.wVirtualKeyCode = wParam;
3095 key.wVirtualScanCode = (lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16;
3096 key.uChar.AsciiChar = 0;
3097 key.dwControlKeyState = modifiers;
3098
3099 add = w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3100 /* 0 means an unrecognized keycode, negative means
3101 dead key. Ignore both. */
3102 while (--add >= 0)
3103 {
3104 /* Forward asciified character sequence. */
3105 post_character_message
3106 (hwnd, WM_CHAR,
3107 (unsigned char) key.uChar.AsciiChar, lParam,
3108 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3109 w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3110 }
3111 return 0;
3112 }
3113 }
3114 else
3115 {
3116 /* Let TranslateMessage handle everything else. */
3117 windows_translate = 1;
3118 }
3119 }
3120 }
3121
3122 translate:
3123 if (windows_translate)
3124 {
3125 MSG windows_msg = { hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam, 0, {0,0} };
3126 windows_msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3127 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg);
3128 goto dflt;
3129 }
3130
3131 /* Fall through */
3132
3133 case WM_SYSCHAR:
3134 case WM_CHAR:
3135 if (wParam > 255 )
3136 {
3137 W32Msg wmsg;
3138
3139 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3140 signal_user_input ();
3141 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, wParam, lParam);
3142
3143 }
3144 else
3145 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3146 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3147 break;
3148
3149 case WM_UNICHAR:
3150 /* WM_UNICHAR looks promising from the docs, but the exact
3151 circumstances in which TranslateMessage sends it is one of those
3152 Microsoft secret API things that EU and US courts are supposed
3153 to have put a stop to already. Spy++ shows it being sent to Notepad
3154 and other MS apps, but never to Emacs.
3155
3156 Some third party IMEs send it in accordance with the official
3157 documentation though, so handle it here.
3158
3159 UNICODE_NOCHAR is used to test for support for this message.
3160 TRUE indicates that the message is supported. */
3161 if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR)
3162 return TRUE;
3163
3164 {
3165 W32Msg wmsg;
3166 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3167 signal_user_input ();
3168 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3169 }
3170 break;
3171
3172 case WM_IME_CHAR:
3173 /* If we can't get the IME result as Unicode, use default processing,
3174 which will at least allow characters decodable in the system locale
3175 get through. */
3176 if (!get_composition_string_fn)
3177 goto dflt;
3178
3179 else if (!ignore_ime_char)
3180 {
3181 wchar_t * buffer;
3182 int size, i;
3183 W32Msg wmsg;
3184 HIMC context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3185 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3186 /* Get buffer size. */
3187 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);
3188 buffer = alloca (size);
3189 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR,
3190 buffer, size);
3191 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3192
3193 signal_user_input ();
3194 for (i = 0; i < size / sizeof (wchar_t); i++)
3195 {
3196 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, (WPARAM) buffer[i],
3197 lParam);
3198 }
3199 /* Ignore the messages for the rest of the
3200 characters in the string that was output above. */
3201 ignore_ime_char = (size / sizeof (wchar_t)) - 1;
3202 }
3203 else
3204 ignore_ime_char--;
3205
3206 break;
3207
3208 case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION:
3209 if (!set_ime_composition_window_fn)
3210 goto dflt;
3211 else
3212 {
3213 COMPOSITIONFORM form;
3214 HIMC context;
3215 struct window *w;
3216
3217 /* Implementation note: The code below does something that
3218 one shouldn't do: it accesses the window object from a
3219 separate thread, while the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread
3220 runs and can legitimately delete and even GC it. That is
3221 why we are extra careful not to futz with a window that
3222 is different from the one recorded when the system caret
3223 coordinates were last modified. That is also why we are
3224 careful not to move the IME window if the window
3225 described by W was deleted, as indicated by its buffer
3226 field being reset to nil. */
3227 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3228 if (!(f && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)))
3229 break;
3230 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f));
3231 /* Punt if someone changed the frame's selected window
3232 behind our back. */
3233 if (w != w32_system_caret_window)
3234 break;
3235
3236 form.dwStyle = CFS_RECT;
3237 form.ptCurrentPos.x = w32_system_caret_x;
3238 form.ptCurrentPos.y = w32_system_caret_y;
3239
3240 form.rcArea.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
3241 form.rcArea.top = (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w)
3242 + w32_system_caret_hdr_height);
3243 form.rcArea.right = (WINDOW_BOX_RIGHT_EDGE_X (w)
3244 - WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w)
3245 - WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w));
3246 form.rcArea.bottom = (WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_Y (w)
3247 - WINDOW_BOTTOM_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w)
3248 - w32_system_caret_mode_height);
3249
3250 /* Punt if the window was deleted behind our back. */
3251 if (!BUFFERP (w->contents))
3252 break;
3253
3254 context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3255
3256 if (!context)
3257 break;
3258
3259 set_ime_composition_window_fn (context, &form);
3260 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3261 }
3262 break;
3263
3264 case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION:
3265 ignore_ime_char = 0;
3266 goto dflt;
3267
3268 /* Simulate middle mouse button events when left and right buttons
3269 are used together, but only if user has two button mouse. */
3270 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
3271 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
3272 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3273 goto handle_plain_button;
3274
3275 {
3276 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3277 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3278
3279 if (button_state & this)
3280 return 0;
3281
3282 if (button_state == 0)
3283 SetCapture (hwnd);
3284
3285 button_state |= this;
3286
3287 if (button_state & other)
3288 {
3289 if (mouse_button_timer)
3290 {
3291 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3292 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3293
3294 /* Generate middle mouse event instead. */
3295 msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
3296 button_state |= MMOUSE;
3297 }
3298 else if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3299 {
3300 /* Ignore button event if we've already generated a
3301 middle mouse down event. This happens if the
3302 user releases and press one of the two buttons
3303 after we've faked a middle mouse event. */
3304 return 0;
3305 }
3306 else
3307 {
3308 /* Flush out saved message. */
3309 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3310 }
3311 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3312 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3313 signal_user_input ();
3314
3315 /* Clear message buffer. */
3316 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3317 }
3318 else
3319 {
3320 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3321 mouse_button_timer =
3322 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_BUTTON_ID,
3323 w32_mouse_button_tolerance, NULL);
3324 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3325 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.message = msg;
3326 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3327 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3328 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3329 saved_mouse_button_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3330 }
3331 }
3332 return 0;
3333
3334 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
3335 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
3336 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3337 goto handle_plain_button;
3338
3339 {
3340 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3341 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3342
3343 if ((button_state & this) == 0)
3344 return 0;
3345
3346 button_state &= ~this;
3347
3348 if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3349 {
3350 /* Only generate event when second button is released. */
3351 if ((button_state & other) == 0)
3352 {
3353 msg = WM_MBUTTONUP;
3354 button_state &= ~MMOUSE;
3355
3356 if (button_state) emacs_abort ();
3357 }
3358 else
3359 return 0;
3360 }
3361 else
3362 {
3363 /* Flush out saved message if necessary. */
3364 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3365 {
3366 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3367 }
3368 }
3369 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3370 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3371 signal_user_input ();
3372
3373 /* Always clear message buffer and cancel timer. */
3374 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3375 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3376 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3377
3378 if (button_state == 0)
3379 ReleaseCapture ();
3380 }
3381 return 0;
3382
3383 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
3384 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
3385 if (w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system)
3386 goto dflt;
3387 /* else fall through and process them. */
3388 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
3389 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
3390 handle_plain_button:
3391 {
3392 BOOL up;
3393 int button;
3394
3395 /* Ignore middle and extra buttons as long as the menu is active. */
3396 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3397 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3398 return 0;
3399
3400 if (parse_button (msg, HIWORD (wParam), &button, &up))
3401 {
3402 if (up) ReleaseCapture ();
3403 else SetCapture (hwnd);
3404 button = (button == 0) ? LMOUSE :
3405 ((button == 1) ? MMOUSE : RMOUSE);
3406 if (up)
3407 button_state &= ~button;
3408 else
3409 button_state |= button;
3410 }
3411 }
3412
3413 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3414 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3415 signal_user_input ();
3416
3417 /* Need to return true for XBUTTON messages, false for others,
3418 to indicate that we processed the message. */
3419 return (msg == WM_XBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_XBUTTONUP);
3420
3421 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
3422 /* Ignore mouse movements as long as the menu is active. These
3423 movements are processed by the window manager anyway, and
3424 it's wrong to handle them as if they happened on the
3425 underlying frame. */
3426 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3427 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3428 return 0;
3429
3430 /* If the mouse has just moved into the frame, start tracking
3431 it, so we will be notified when it leaves the frame. Mouse
3432 tracking only works under W98 and NT4 and later. On earlier
3433 versions, there is no way of telling when the mouse leaves the
3434 frame, so we just have to put up with help-echo and mouse
3435 highlighting remaining while the frame is not active. */
3436 if (track_mouse_event_fn && !track_mouse_window
3437 /* If the menu bar is active, turning on tracking of mouse
3438 movement events might send these events to the tooltip
3439 frame, if the user happens to move the mouse pointer over
3440 the tooltip. But since we don't process events for
3441 tooltip frames, this causes Windows to present a
3442 hourglass cursor, which is ugly and unexpected. So don't
3443 enable tracking mouse events in this case; they will be
3444 restarted when the menu pops down. (Confusingly, the
3445 menubar_active member of f->output_data.w32, tested
3446 above, is only set when a menu was popped up _not_ from
3447 the frame's menu bar, but via x-popup-menu.) */
3448 && !menubar_in_use)
3449 {
3450 TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme;
3451 tme.cbSize = sizeof (tme);
3452 tme.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
3453 tme.hwndTrack = hwnd;
3454
3455 track_mouse_event_fn (&tme);
3456 track_mouse_window = hwnd;
3457 }
3458 case WM_VSCROLL:
3459 if (w32_mouse_move_interval <= 0
3460 || (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE && button_state == 0))
3461 {
3462 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3463 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3464 return 0;
3465 }
3466
3467 /* Hang onto mouse move and scroll messages for a bit, to avoid
3468 sending such events to Emacs faster than it can process them.
3469 If we get more events before the timer from the first message
3470 expires, we just replace the first message. */
3471
3472 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd == 0)
3473 mouse_move_timer =
3474 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_MOVE_ID,
3475 w32_mouse_move_interval, NULL);
3476
3477 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3478 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3479 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.message = msg;
3480 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3481 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3482 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3483 saved_mouse_move_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3484
3485 return 0;
3486
3487 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
3488 case WM_DROPFILES:
3489 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3490 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3491 signal_user_input ();
3492 return 0;
3493
3494 case WM_APPCOMMAND:
3495 if (w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system)
3496 goto dflt;
3497 /* Otherwise, pass to lisp, the same way we do with mousehwheel. */
3498 case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
3499 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3500 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3501 signal_user_input ();
3502 /* Non-zero must be returned when WM_MOUSEHWHEEL messages are
3503 handled, to prevent the system trying to handle it by faking
3504 scroll bar events. */
3505 return 1;
3506
3507 case WM_TIMER:
3508 /* Flush out saved messages if necessary. */
3509 if (wParam == mouse_button_timer)
3510 {
3511 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3512 {
3513 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3514 signal_user_input ();
3515 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3516 }
3517 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3518 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3519 }
3520 else if (wParam == mouse_move_timer)
3521 {
3522 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd)
3523 {
3524 post_msg (&saved_mouse_move_msg);
3525 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3526 }
3527 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_move_timer);
3528 mouse_move_timer = 0;
3529 }
3530 else if (wParam == menu_free_timer)
3531 {
3532 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3533 menu_free_timer = 0;
3534 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3535 /* If a popup menu is active, don't wipe its strings. */
3536 if (menubar_in_use
3537 && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3538 {
3539 /* Free memory used by owner-drawn and help-echo strings. */
3540 w32_free_menu_strings (hwnd);
3541 if (f)
3542 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 0;
3543 menubar_in_use = 0;
3544 }
3545 }
3546 return 0;
3547
3548 case WM_NCACTIVATE:
3549 /* Windows doesn't send us focus messages when putting up and
3550 taking down a system popup dialog as for Ctrl-Alt-Del on Windows 95.
3551 The only indication we get that something happened is receiving
3552 this message afterwards. So this is a good time to reset our
3553 keyboard modifiers' state. */
3554 reset_modifiers ();
3555 goto dflt;
3556
3557 case WM_INITMENU:
3558 button_state = 0;
3559 ReleaseCapture ();
3560 /* We must ensure menu bar is fully constructed and up to date
3561 before allowing user interaction with it. To achieve this
3562 we send this message to the lisp thread and wait for a
3563 reply (whose value is not actually needed) to indicate that
3564 the menu bar is now ready for use, so we can now return.
3565
3566 To remain responsive in the meantime, we enter a nested message
3567 loop that can process all other messages.
3568
3569 However, we skip all this if the message results from calling
3570 TrackPopupMenu - in fact, we must NOT attempt to send the lisp
3571 thread a message because it is blocked on us at this point. We
3572 set menubar_active before calling TrackPopupMenu to indicate
3573 this (there is no possibility of confusion with real menubar
3574 being active). */
3575
3576 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3577 if (f
3578 && (f->output_data.w32->menubar_active
3579 /* We can receive this message even in the absence of a
3580 menubar (ie. when the system menu is activated) - in this
3581 case we do NOT want to forward the message, otherwise it
3582 will cause the menubar to suddenly appear when the user
3583 had requested it to be turned off! */
3584 || f->output_data.w32->menubar_widget == NULL))
3585 return 0;
3586
3587 {
3588 deferred_msg msg_buf;
3589
3590 /* Detect if message has already been deferred; in this case
3591 we cannot return any sensible value to ignore this. */
3592 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
3593 emacs_abort ();
3594
3595 menubar_in_use = 1;
3596
3597 return send_deferred_msg (&msg_buf, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3598 }
3599
3600 case WM_EXITMENULOOP:
3601 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3602
3603 /* If a menu is still active, check again after a short delay,
3604 since Windows often (always?) sends the WM_EXITMENULOOP
3605 before the corresponding WM_COMMAND message.
3606 Don't do this if a popup menu is active, since it is only
3607 menubar menus that require cleaning up in this way.
3608 */
3609 if (f && menubar_in_use && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3610 menu_free_timer = SetTimer (hwnd, MENU_FREE_ID, MENU_FREE_DELAY, NULL);
3611
3612 /* If hourglass cursor should be displayed, display it now. */
3613 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3614 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3615
3616 goto dflt;
3617
3618 case WM_MENUSELECT:
3619 /* Direct handling of help_echo in menus. Should be safe now
3620 that we generate the help_echo by placing a help event in the
3621 keyboard buffer. */
3622 {
3623 HMENU menu = (HMENU) lParam;
3624 UINT menu_item = (UINT) LOWORD (wParam);
3625 UINT flags = (UINT) HIWORD (wParam);
3626
3627 w32_menu_display_help (hwnd, menu, menu_item, flags);
3628 }
3629 return 0;
3630
3631 case WM_MEASUREITEM:
3632 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3633 if (f)
3634 {
3635 MEASUREITEMSTRUCT * pMis = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3636
3637 if (pMis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3638 {
3639 /* Work out dimensions for popup menu titles. */
3640 char * title = (char *) pMis->itemData;
3641 HDC hdc = GetDC (hwnd);
3642 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3643 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3644 HFONT old_font;
3645 SIZE size;
3646
3647 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3648 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3649 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3650 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3651
3652 pMis->itemHeight = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE);
3653 if (title)
3654 {
3655 if (unicode_append_menu)
3656 GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, (WCHAR *) title,
3657 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title),
3658 &size);
3659 else
3660 GetTextExtentPoint32 (hdc, title, strlen (title), &size);
3661
3662 pMis->itemWidth = size.cx;
3663 if (pMis->itemHeight < size.cy)
3664 pMis->itemHeight = size.cy;
3665 }
3666 else
3667 pMis->itemWidth = 0;
3668
3669 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3670 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3671 ReleaseDC (hwnd, hdc);
3672 return TRUE;
3673 }
3674 }
3675 return 0;
3676
3677 case WM_DRAWITEM:
3678 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3679 if (f)
3680 {
3681 DRAWITEMSTRUCT * pDis = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3682
3683 if (pDis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3684 {
3685 /* Draw popup menu title. */
3686 char * title = (char *) pDis->itemData;
3687 if (title)
3688 {
3689 HDC hdc = pDis->hDC;
3690 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3691 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3692 HFONT old_font;
3693
3694 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3695 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3696 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3697 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3698
3699 /* Always draw title as if not selected. */
3700 if (unicode_append_menu)
3701 ExtTextOutW (hdc,
3702 pDis->rcItem.left
3703 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3704 pDis->rcItem.top,
3705 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3706 (WCHAR *) title,
3707 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title), NULL);
3708 else
3709 ExtTextOut (hdc,
3710 pDis->rcItem.left
3711 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3712 pDis->rcItem.top,
3713 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3714 title, strlen (title), NULL);
3715
3716 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3717 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3718 }
3719 return TRUE;
3720 }
3721 }
3722 return 0;
3723
3724 #if 0
3725 /* Still not right - can't distinguish between clicks in the
3726 client area of the frame from clicks forwarded from the scroll
3727 bars - may have to hook WM_NCHITTEST to remember the mouse
3728 position and then check if it is in the client area ourselves. */
3729 case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
3730 /* Discard the mouse click that activates a frame, allowing the
3731 user to click anywhere without changing point (or worse!).
3732 Don't eat mouse clicks on scrollbars though!! */
3733 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT )
3734 return MA_ACTIVATEANDEAT;
3735 goto dflt;
3736 #endif
3737
3738 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
3739 /* No longer tracking mouse. */
3740 track_mouse_window = NULL;
3741
3742 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
3743 case WM_ACTIVATE:
3744 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
3745 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
3746 /* Inform lisp thread that a frame might have just been obscured
3747 or exposed, so should recheck visibility of all frames. */
3748 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3749 goto dflt;
3750
3751 case WM_SETFOCUS:
3752 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
3753 reset_modifiers ();
3754 register_hot_keys (hwnd);
3755 goto command;
3756 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
3757 unregister_hot_keys (hwnd);
3758 button_state = 0;
3759 ReleaseCapture ();
3760 /* Relinquish the system caret. */
3761 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd)
3762 {
3763 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3764 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3765 DestroyCaret ();
3766 }
3767 goto command;
3768 case WM_COMMAND:
3769 menubar_in_use = 0;
3770 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3771 if (f && HIWORD (wParam) == 0)
3772 {
3773 if (menu_free_timer)
3774 {
3775 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3776 menu_free_timer = 0;
3777 }
3778 }
3779 case WM_MOVE:
3780 case WM_SIZE:
3781 command:
3782 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3783 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3784 goto dflt;
3785
3786 case WM_DESTROY:
3787 CoUninitialize ();
3788 return 0;
3789
3790 case WM_CLOSE:
3791 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3792 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3793 return 0;
3794
3795 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
3796 /* Don't restrict the sizing of tip frames. */
3797 if (frame_resize_pixelwise || hwnd == tip_window)
3798 return 0;
3799
3800 /* Don't restrict the sizing of fullscreened frames, allowing them to be
3801 flush with the sides of the screen. */
3802 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3803 if (f && FRAME_PREV_FSMODE (f) != FULLSCREEN_NONE)
3804 return 0;
3805
3806 {
3807 WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
3808 LPWINDOWPOS lppos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam;
3809
3810 wp.length = sizeof (WINDOWPLACEMENT);
3811 GetWindowPlacement (hwnd, &wp);
3812
3813 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMINIMIZED && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE) == 0)
3814 {
3815 RECT rect;
3816 int wdiff;
3817 int hdiff;
3818 DWORD font_width;
3819 DWORD line_height;
3820 DWORD internal_border;
3821 DWORD scrollbar_extra;
3822 RECT wr;
3823
3824 wp.length = sizeof (wp);
3825 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &wr);
3826
3827 enter_crit ();
3828
3829 font_width = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX);
3830 line_height = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX);
3831 internal_border = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX);
3832 scrollbar_extra = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX);
3833
3834 leave_crit ();
3835
3836 memset (&rect, 0, sizeof (rect));
3837 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, GetWindowLong (hwnd, GWL_STYLE),
3838 GetMenu (hwnd) != NULL);
3839
3840 /* Force width and height of client area to be exact
3841 multiples of the character cell dimensions. */
3842 wdiff = (lppos->cx - (rect.right - rect.left)
3843 - 2 * internal_border - scrollbar_extra)
3844 % font_width;
3845 hdiff = (lppos->cy - (rect.bottom - rect.top)
3846 - 2 * internal_border)
3847 % line_height;
3848
3849 if (wdiff || hdiff)
3850 {
3851 /* For right/bottom sizing we can just fix the sizes.
3852 However for top/left sizing we will need to fix the X
3853 and Y positions as well. */
3854
3855 int cx_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMINTRACK);
3856 int cy_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMINTRACK);
3857
3858 lppos->cx = max (lppos->cx - wdiff, cx_mintrack);
3859 lppos->cy = max (lppos->cy - hdiff, cy_mintrack);
3860
3861 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
3862 && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE) == 0)
3863 {
3864 if (lppos->x != wr.left || lppos->y != wr.top)
3865 {
3866 lppos->x += wdiff;
3867 lppos->y += hdiff;
3868 }
3869 else
3870 {
3871 lppos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE;
3872 }
3873 }
3874
3875 return 0;
3876 }
3877 }
3878 }
3879
3880 goto dflt;
3881
3882 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
3883 /* Hack to allow resizing the Emacs frame above the screen size.
3884 Note that Windows 9x limits coordinates to 16-bits. */
3885 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.x = 32767;
3886 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.y = 32767;
3887 return 0;
3888
3889 case WM_SETCURSOR:
3890 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT)
3891 {
3892 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3893 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p
3894 && !menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
3895 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3896 else if (f)
3897 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
3898 return 0;
3899 }
3900 goto dflt;
3901
3902 case WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR:
3903 {
3904 Cursor cursor = (Cursor) wParam;
3905 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3906 if (f && cursor)
3907 {
3908 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = cursor;
3909 if (!f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3910 SetCursor (cursor);
3911 }
3912 return 0;
3913 }
3914
3915 case WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR:
3916 return (LRESULT) w32_createscrollbar ((struct frame *) wParam,
3917 (struct scroll_bar *) lParam);
3918
3919 case WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW:
3920 return ShowWindow ((HWND) wParam, (WPARAM) lParam);
3921
3922 case WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP:
3923 case WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND:
3924 {
3925 HWND foreground_window;
3926 DWORD foreground_thread, retval;
3927
3928 /* On NT 5.0, and apparently Windows 98, it is necessary to
3929 attach to the thread that currently has focus in order to
3930 pull the focus away from it. */
3931 foreground_window = GetForegroundWindow ();
3932 foreground_thread = GetWindowThreadProcessId (foreground_window, NULL);
3933 if (!foreground_window
3934 || foreground_thread == GetCurrentThreadId ()
3935 || !AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3936 foreground_thread, TRUE))
3937 foreground_thread = 0;
3938
3939 retval = SetForegroundWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3940 if (msg == WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP)
3941 retval = BringWindowToTop ((HWND) wParam);
3942
3943 /* Detach from the previous foreground thread. */
3944 if (foreground_thread)
3945 AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3946 foreground_thread, FALSE);
3947
3948 return retval;
3949 }
3950
3951 case WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS:
3952 {
3953 WINDOWPOS * pos = (WINDOWPOS *) wParam;
3954 return SetWindowPos (hwnd, pos->hwndInsertAfter,
3955 pos->x, pos->y, pos->cx, pos->cy, pos->flags);
3956 }
3957
3958 case WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW:
3959 DragAcceptFiles ((HWND) wParam, FALSE);
3960 return DestroyWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3961
3962 case WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET:
3963 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3964
3965 case WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET:
3966 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3967
3968 case WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET:
3969 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3970 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3971 return DestroyCaret ();
3972
3973 case WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET:
3974 /* If there is currently no system caret, create one. */
3975 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd == NULL)
3976 {
3977 /* Use the default caret width, and avoid changing it
3978 unnecessarily, as it confuses screen reader software. */
3979 w32_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3980 CreateCaret (hwnd, NULL, 0,
3981 w32_system_caret_height);
3982 }
3983
3984 if (!SetCaretPos (w32_system_caret_x, w32_system_caret_y))
3985 return 0;
3986 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned on when requested. */
3987 else if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
3988 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd != hwnd)
3989 {
3990 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3991 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3992 }
3993 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned off when requested. */
3994 else if (!w32_use_visible_system_caret
3995 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd)
3996 {
3997 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3998 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3999 }
4000 else
4001 return 1;
4002
4003 case WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU:
4004 {
4005 UINT flags;
4006 POINT *pos;
4007 int retval;
4008 pos = (POINT *)lParam;
4009 flags = TPM_CENTERALIGN;
4010 if (button_state & LMOUSE)
4011 flags |= TPM_LEFTBUTTON;
4012 else if (button_state & RMOUSE)
4013 flags |= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON;
4014
4015 /* Remember we did a SetCapture on the initial mouse down event,
4016 so for safety, we make sure the capture is canceled now. */
4017 ReleaseCapture ();
4018 button_state = 0;
4019
4020 /* Use menubar_active to indicate that WM_INITMENU is from
4021 TrackPopupMenu below, and should be ignored. */
4022 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
4023 if (f)
4024 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 1;
4025
4026 if (TrackPopupMenu ((HMENU)wParam, flags, pos->x, pos->y,
4027 0, hwnd, NULL))
4028 {
4029 MSG amsg;
4030 /* Eat any mouse messages during popupmenu */
4031 while (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_MOUSEFIRST, WM_MOUSELAST,
4032 PM_REMOVE));
4033 /* Get the menu selection, if any */
4034 if (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE))
4035 {
4036 retval = LOWORD (amsg.wParam);
4037 }
4038 else
4039 {
4040 retval = 0;
4041 }
4042 }
4043 else
4044 {
4045 retval = -1;
4046 }
4047
4048 return retval;
4049 }
4050 case WM_EMACS_FILENOTIFY:
4051 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4052 return 1;
4053
4054 default:
4055 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
4056 if (msg == msh_mousewheel)
4057 {
4058 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
4059 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4060 signal_user_input ();
4061 return 0;
4062 }
4063
4064 dflt:
4065 return (w32_unicode_gui ? DefWindowProcW : DefWindowProcA) (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4066 }
4067
4068 /* The most common default return code for handled messages is 0. */
4069 return 0;
4070 }
4071
4072 static void
4073 my_create_window (struct frame * f)
4074 {
4075 MSG msg;
4076
4077 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW, (WPARAM)f, 0))
4078 emacs_abort ();
4079 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
4080 }
4081
4082
4083 /* Create a tooltip window. Unlike my_create_window, we do not do this
4084 indirectly via the Window thread, as we do not need to process Window
4085 messages for the tooltip. Creating tooltips indirectly also creates
4086 deadlocks when tooltips are created for menu items. */
4087 static void
4088 my_create_tip_window (struct frame *f)
4089 {
4090 RECT rect;
4091
4092 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
4093 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
4094 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
4095
4096 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4097 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
4098
4099 tip_window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)
4100 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
4101 f->namebuf,
4102 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4103 f->left_pos,
4104 f->top_pos,
4105 rect.right - rect.left,
4106 rect.bottom - rect.top,
4107 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()), /* owner */
4108 NULL,
4109 hinst,
4110 NULL);
4111
4112 if (tip_window)
4113 {
4114 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
4115 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
4116 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
4117 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
4118
4119 /* Tip frames have no scrollbars. */
4120 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, 0);
4121
4122 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
4123 ShowWindow (tip_window, SW_HIDE);
4124 }
4125 }
4126
4127
4128 /* Create and set up the w32 window for frame F. */
4129
4130 static void
4131 w32_window (struct frame *f, long window_prompting, int minibuffer_only)
4132 {
4133 block_input ();
4134
4135 /* Use the resource name as the top-level window name
4136 for looking up resources. Make a non-Lisp copy
4137 for the window manager, so GC relocation won't bother it.
4138
4139 Elsewhere we specify the window name for the window manager. */
4140 f->namebuf = xstrdup (SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
4141
4142 my_create_window (f);
4143
4144 validate_x_resource_name ();
4145
4146 /* x_set_name normally ignores requests to set the name if the
4147 requested name is the same as the current name. This is the one
4148 place where that assumption isn't correct; f->name is set, but
4149 the server hasn't been told. */
4150 {
4151 Lisp_Object name;
4152 int explicit = f->explicit_name;
4153
4154 f->explicit_name = 0;
4155 name = f->name;
4156 fset_name (f, Qnil);
4157 x_set_name (f, name, explicit);
4158 }
4159
4160 unblock_input ();
4161
4162 if (!minibuffer_only && FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f))
4163 initialize_frame_menubar (f);
4164
4165 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
4166 error ("Unable to create window");
4167 }
4168
4169 /* Handle the icon stuff for this window. Perhaps later we might
4170 want an x_set_icon_position which can be called interactively as
4171 well. */
4172
4173 static void
4174 x_icon (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4175 {
4176 Lisp_Object icon_x, icon_y;
4177 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
4178
4179 /* Set the position of the icon. Note that Windows 95 groups all
4180 icons in the tray. */
4181 icon_x = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_left, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4182 icon_y = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_top, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4183 if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) && !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4184 {
4185 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x);
4186 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y);
4187 }
4188 else if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) || !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4189 error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified");
4190
4191 block_input ();
4192
4193 #if 0 /* TODO */
4194 /* Start up iconic or window? */
4195 x_wm_set_window_state
4196 (f, (EQ (x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL), Qicon)
4197 ? IconicState
4198 : NormalState));
4199
4200 x_text_icon (f, SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
4201 ? f->icon_name
4202 : f->name)));
4203 #endif
4204
4205 unblock_input ();
4206 }
4207
4208
4209 static void
4210 x_make_gc (struct frame *f)
4211 {
4212 XGCValues gc_values;
4213
4214 block_input ();
4215
4216 /* Create the GC's of this frame.
4217 Note that many default values are used. */
4218
4219 /* Normal video */
4220 gc_values.font = FRAME_FONT (f);
4221
4222 /* Cursor has cursor-color background, background-color foreground. */
4223 gc_values.foreground = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
4224 gc_values.background = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
4225 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc
4226 = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4227 (GCFont | GCForeground | GCBackground),
4228 &gc_values);
4229
4230 /* Reliefs. */
4231 f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc = 0;
4232 f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc = 0;
4233
4234 unblock_input ();
4235 }
4236
4237
4238 /* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and
4239 x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially
4240 constructed. */
4241
4242 static Lisp_Object
4243 unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4244 {
4245 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4246
4247 /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */
4248 if (NILP (Fmemq (frame, Vframe_list)))
4249 {
4250 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4251 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4252 #endif
4253
4254 x_free_frame_resources (f);
4255 free_glyphs (f);
4256
4257 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4258 /* Check that reference counts are indeed correct. */
4259 eassert (dpyinfo->reference_count == dpyinfo_refcount);
4260 eassert (dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache->refcount == image_cache_refcount);
4261 #endif
4262 return Qt;
4263 }
4264
4265 return Qnil;
4266 }
4267
4268 static void
4269 do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4270 {
4271 unwind_create_frame (frame);
4272 }
4273
4274 static void
4275 x_default_font_parameter (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4276 {
4277 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4278 Lisp_Object font_param = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, NULL, NULL,
4279 RES_TYPE_STRING);
4280 Lisp_Object font;
4281 if (EQ (font_param, Qunbound))
4282 font_param = Qnil;
4283 font = !NILP (font_param) ? font_param
4284 : x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4285
4286 if (!STRINGP (font))
4287 {
4288 int i;
4289 static char *names[]
4290 = { "Courier New-10",
4291 "-*-Courier-normal-r-*-*-13-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4292 "-*-Fixedsys-normal-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4293 "Fixedsys",
4294 NULL };
4295
4296 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
4297 {
4298 font = font_open_by_name (f, build_unibyte_string (names[i]));
4299 if (! NILP (font))
4300 break;
4301 }
4302 if (NILP (font))
4303 error ("No suitable font was found");
4304 }
4305 else if (!NILP (font_param))
4306 {
4307 /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after
4308 we've applied the `default' face settings. */
4309 x_set_frame_parameters (f, Fcons (Fcons (Qfont_param, font_param), Qnil));
4310 }
4311 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont, font, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4312 }
4313
4314 DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame, Sx_create_frame,
4315 1, 1, 0,
4316 doc: /* Make a new window, which is called a \"frame\" in Emacs terms.
4317 Return an Emacs frame object.
4318 PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
4319 If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
4320 and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
4321 then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
4322 be shared by the new frame.
4323
4324 This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */)
4325 (Lisp_Object parameters)
4326 {
4327 struct frame *f;
4328 Lisp_Object frame, tem;
4329 Lisp_Object name;
4330 int minibuffer_only = 0;
4331 long window_prompting = 0;
4332 int width, height;
4333 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4334 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4335 Lisp_Object display;
4336 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = NULL;
4337 Lisp_Object parent;
4338 struct kboard *kb;
4339
4340 /* Make copy of frame parameters because the original is in pure
4341 storage now. */
4342 parameters = Fcopy_alist (parameters);
4343
4344 /* Use this general default value to start with
4345 until we know if this frame has a specified name. */
4346 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
4347
4348 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qterminal, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4349 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4350 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qdisplay, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING);
4351 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4352 display = Qnil;
4353 dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4354 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
4355
4356 if (!dpyinfo->terminal->name)
4357 error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it");
4358
4359 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4360 if (!STRINGP (name)
4361 && ! EQ (name, Qunbound)
4362 && ! NILP (name))
4363 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
4364
4365 if (STRINGP (name))
4366 Vx_resource_name = name;
4367
4368 /* See if parent window is specified. */
4369 parent = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qparent_id, NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4370 if (EQ (parent, Qunbound))
4371 parent = Qnil;
4372 if (! NILP (parent))
4373 CHECK_NUMBER (parent);
4374
4375 /* make_frame_without_minibuffer can run Lisp code and garbage collect. */
4376 /* No need to protect DISPLAY because that's not used after passing
4377 it to make_frame_without_minibuffer. */
4378 frame = Qnil;
4379 GCPRO4 (parameters, parent, name, frame);
4380 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qminibuffer, "minibuffer", "Minibuffer",
4381 RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4382 if (EQ (tem, Qnone) || NILP (tem))
4383 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil, kb, display);
4384 else if (EQ (tem, Qonly))
4385 {
4386 f = make_minibuffer_frame ();
4387 minibuffer_only = 1;
4388 }
4389 else if (WINDOWP (tem))
4390 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem, kb, display);
4391 else
4392 f = make_frame (1);
4393
4394 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
4395
4396 /* By default, make scrollbars the system standard width. */
4397 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL);
4398
4399 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
4400
4401 f->output_method = output_w32;
4402 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
4403 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
4404
4405 fset_icon_name
4406 (f, x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qicon_name, "iconName", "Title",
4407 RES_TYPE_STRING));
4408 if (! STRINGP (f->icon_name))
4409 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
4410
4411 /* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; */
4412
4413 /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */
4414 record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame, frame);
4415 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4416 image_cache_refcount =
4417 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
4418 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
4419 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
4420
4421 /* Specify the parent under which to make this window. */
4422
4423 if (!NILP (parent))
4424 {
4425 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = (Window) XFASTINT (parent);
4426 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 1;
4427 }
4428 else
4429 {
4430 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4431 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
4432 }
4433
4434 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
4435 be set. */
4436 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
4437 {
4438 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
4439 f->explicit_name = 0;
4440 }
4441 else
4442 {
4443 fset_name (f, name);
4444 f->explicit_name = 1;
4445 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
4446 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
4447 }
4448
4449 if (uniscribe_available)
4450 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
4451 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
4452
4453 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
4454 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4455 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
4456 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
4457 x_default_font_parameter (f, parameters);
4458 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
4459 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4460
4461 /* We recognize either internalBorderWidth or internalBorder
4462 (which is what xterm calls it). */
4463 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parameters)))
4464 {
4465 Lisp_Object value;
4466
4467 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qinternal_border_width,
4468 "internalBorder", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4469 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
4470 parameters = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
4471 parameters);
4472 }
4473 /* Default internalBorderWidth to 0 on Windows to match other programs. */
4474 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (0),
4475 "internalBorderWidth", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4476 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
4477 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4478 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
4479 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4480 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qvertical_scroll_bars, Qright,
4481 "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4482
4483 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
4484 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
4485 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4486 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
4487 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4488 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
4489 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4490 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
4491 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4492 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscreen_gamma, Qnil,
4493 "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT);
4494 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qline_spacing, Qnil,
4495 "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4496 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qleft_fringe, Qnil,
4497 "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4498 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_fringe, Qnil,
4499 "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4500
4501 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
4502 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
4503 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
4504 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
4505 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
4506 happen. */
4507 init_frame_faces (f);
4508
4509 /* PXW: This is a duplicate from below. We have to do it here since
4510 otherwise x_set_tool_bar_lines will work with the character sizes
4511 installed by init_frame_faces while the frame's pixel size is still
4512 calculated from a character size of 1 and we subsequently hit the
4513 eassert (height >= 0) assertion in window_box_height. The
4514 non-pixelwise code apparently worked around this because it had one
4515 frame line vs one toolbar line which left us with a zero root
4516 window height which was obviously wrong as well ... */
4517 width = FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f);
4518 height = FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f);
4519 FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
4520 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, 0);
4521 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 1);
4522
4523 /* The X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar are
4524 processed specially at startup, and reflected in the mode
4525 variables; ignore them here. */
4526 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmenu_bar_lines,
4527 NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode)
4528 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4529 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4530 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtool_bar_lines,
4531 NILP (Vtool_bar_mode)
4532 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4533 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4534
4535 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbuffer_predicate, Qnil,
4536 "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4537 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtitle, Qnil,
4538 "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4539 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfullscreen, Qnil,
4540 "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4541
4542 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;
4543 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4544
4545 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_IBEAM);
4546 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4547 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4548 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_HAND);
4549 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_WAIT);
4550 f->output_data.w32->horizontal_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZEWE);
4551 f->output_data.w32->vertical_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZENS);
4552
4553 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
4554
4555 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parameters, 1);
4556
4557 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qunsplittable, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4558 f->no_split = minibuffer_only || EQ (tem, Qt);
4559
4560 w32_window (f, window_prompting, minibuffer_only);
4561 x_icon (f, parameters);
4562
4563 x_make_gc (f);
4564
4565 /* Now consider the frame official. */
4566 f->terminal->reference_count++;
4567 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
4568 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
4569
4570 /* We need to do this after creating the window, so that the
4571 icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */
4572 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qicon_type, Qnil,
4573 "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4574
4575 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
4576 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4577 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
4578 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4579 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
4580 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4581 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscroll_bar_width, Qnil,
4582 "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4583 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qalpha, Qnil,
4584 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4585
4586 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via change_frame_size.
4587 Change will not be effected unless different from the current
4588 FRAME_LINES (f). */
4589 width = FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f);
4590 height = FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f);
4591 FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
4592 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, 0);
4593 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 1);
4594
4595 /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how
4596 badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu
4597 bar so that its size can be taken into account. */
4598 block_input ();
4599 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, window_prompting, 0);
4600 unblock_input ();
4601
4602 /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless
4603 the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs
4604 cannot control visibility, so don't try. */
4605 if (! f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent)
4606 {
4607 Lisp_Object visibility;
4608
4609 visibility = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4610 if (EQ (visibility, Qunbound))
4611 visibility = Qt;
4612
4613 if (EQ (visibility, Qicon))
4614 x_iconify_frame (f);
4615 else if (! NILP (visibility))
4616 x_make_frame_visible (f);
4617 else
4618 /* Must have been Qnil. */
4619 ;
4620 }
4621
4622 /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first
4623 frame on this terminal. */
4624 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
4625 && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame))
4626 || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame)))))
4627 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb, frame);
4628
4629 /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used"
4630 by x_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */
4631 for (tem = parameters; CONSP (tem); tem = XCDR (tem))
4632 if (CONSP (XCAR (tem)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem))))
4633 fset_param_alist (f, Fcons (XCAR (tem), f->param_alist));
4634
4635 UNGCPRO;
4636
4637 /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window
4638 and similar functions. */
4639 Vwindow_list = Qnil;
4640
4641 return unbind_to (count, frame);
4642 }
4643
4644 /* FRAME is used only to get a handle on the X display. We don't pass the
4645 display info directly because we're called from frame.c, which doesn't
4646 know about that structure. */
4647 Lisp_Object
4648 x_get_focus_frame (struct frame *frame)
4649 {
4650 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame);
4651 Lisp_Object xfocus;
4652 if (! dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
4653 return Qnil;
4654
4655 XSETFRAME (xfocus, dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
4656 return xfocus;
4657 }
4658
4659 DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p, Sxw_color_defined_p, 1, 2, 0,
4660 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.
4661 \(Note that the Nextstep version of this function ignores FRAME.) */)
4662 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4663 {
4664 XColor foo;
4665 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4666
4667 CHECK_STRING (color);
4668
4669 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4670 return Qt;
4671 else
4672 return Qnil;
4673 }
4674
4675 DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values, Sxw_color_values, 1, 2, 0,
4676 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */)
4677 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4678 {
4679 XColor foo;
4680 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4681
4682 CHECK_STRING (color);
4683
4684 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4685 return list3i ((GetRValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetRValue (foo.pixel),
4686 (GetGValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetGValue (foo.pixel),
4687 (GetBValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetBValue (foo.pixel));
4688 else
4689 return Qnil;
4690 }
4691
4692 DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p, Sxw_display_color_p, 0, 1, 0,
4693 doc: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */)
4694 (Lisp_Object display)
4695 {
4696 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4697
4698 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 2)
4699 return Qnil;
4700
4701 return Qt;
4702 }
4703
4704 DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p,
4705 Sx_display_grayscale_p, 0, 1, 0,
4706 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
4707 Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
4708 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4709 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4710 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4711 (Lisp_Object display)
4712 {
4713 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4714
4715 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 1)
4716 return Qnil;
4717
4718 return Qt;
4719 }
4720
4721 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width,
4722 Sx_display_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0,
4723 doc: /* Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
4724 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4725 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4726 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4727
4728 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all
4729 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4730 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4731 (Lisp_Object display)
4732 {
4733 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4734
4735 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo));
4736 }
4737
4738 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height,
4739 Sx_display_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0,
4740 doc: /* Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
4741 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4742 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4743 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4744
4745 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all
4746 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4747 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4748 (Lisp_Object display)
4749 {
4750 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4751
4752 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo));
4753 }
4754
4755 DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes, Sx_display_planes,
4756 0, 1, 0,
4757 doc: /* Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
4758 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4759 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4760 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4761 (Lisp_Object display)
4762 {
4763 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4764
4765 return make_number (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits);
4766 }
4767
4768 DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells, Sx_display_color_cells,
4769 0, 1, 0,
4770 doc: /* Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
4771 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4772 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4773 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4774 (Lisp_Object display)
4775 {
4776 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4777 int cap;
4778
4779 /* Don't use NCOLORS: it returns incorrect results under remote
4780 * desktop. We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit, both to prevent an
4781 * overflow and because probably is more meaningful on Windows
4782 * anyway. */
4783
4784 cap = 1 << min (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits, 24);
4785 return make_number (cap);
4786 }
4787
4788 DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size,
4789 Sx_server_max_request_size,
4790 0, 1, 0,
4791 doc: /* Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
4792 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4793 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4794 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4795 (Lisp_Object display)
4796 {
4797 return make_number (1);
4798 }
4799
4800 DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor, Sx_server_vendor, 0, 1, 0,
4801 doc: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the W32 system (Microsoft).
4802 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4803 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4804 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4805 (Lisp_Object display)
4806 {
4807 return build_string ("Microsoft Corp.");
4808 }
4809
4810 DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version, Sx_server_version, 0, 1, 0,
4811 doc: /* Return the version numbers of the server of DISPLAY.
4812 The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor
4813 version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific
4814 release number. See also the function `x-server-vendor'.
4815
4816 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4817 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4818 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4819 (Lisp_Object display)
4820 {
4821 return list3i (w32_major_version, w32_minor_version, w32_build_number);
4822 }
4823
4824 DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens, Sx_display_screens, 0, 1, 0,
4825 doc: /* Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
4826 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4827 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4828 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4829 (Lisp_Object display)
4830 {
4831 return make_number (1);
4832 }
4833
4834 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height,
4835 Sx_display_mm_height, 0, 1, 0,
4836 doc: /* Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4837 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4838 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4839 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4840
4841 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for
4842 all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information
4843 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4844 (Lisp_Object display)
4845 {
4846 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4847 HDC hdc;
4848 double mm_per_pixel;
4849
4850 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4851 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
4852 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
4853 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4854
4855 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4856 }
4857
4858 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width, Sx_display_mm_width, 0, 1, 0,
4859 doc: /* Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4860 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4861 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4862 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4863
4864 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for
4865 all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information
4866 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4867 (Lisp_Object display)
4868 {
4869 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4870 HDC hdc;
4871 double mm_per_pixel;
4872
4873 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4874 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
4875 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
4876 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4877
4878 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4879 }
4880
4881 DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store,
4882 Sx_display_backing_store, 0, 1, 0,
4883 doc: /* Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
4884 The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
4885 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4886 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4887 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4888 (Lisp_Object display)
4889 {
4890 return intern ("not-useful");
4891 }
4892
4893 DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class,
4894 Sx_display_visual_class, 0, 1, 0,
4895 doc: /* Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
4896 The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
4897 `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
4898
4899 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4900 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4901 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4902 (Lisp_Object display)
4903 {
4904 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4905 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
4906
4907 if (dpyinfo->has_palette)
4908 result = intern ("pseudo-color");
4909 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 1)
4910 result = intern ("static-grey");
4911 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 4)
4912 result = intern ("static-color");
4913 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits > 8)
4914 result = intern ("true-color");
4915
4916 return result;
4917 }
4918
4919 DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under,
4920 Sx_display_save_under, 0, 1, 0,
4921 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
4922 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4923 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4924 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4925 (Lisp_Object display)
4926 {
4927 return Qnil;
4928 }
4929
4930 static BOOL CALLBACK
4931 w32_monitor_enum (HMONITOR monitor, HDC hdc, RECT *rcMonitor, LPARAM dwData)
4932 {
4933 Lisp_Object *monitor_list = (Lisp_Object *) dwData;
4934
4935 *monitor_list = Fcons (make_save_ptr (monitor), *monitor_list);
4936
4937 return TRUE;
4938 }
4939
4940 static Lisp_Object
4941 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list (void)
4942 {
4943 Lisp_Object attributes_list = Qnil, primary_monitor_attributes = Qnil;
4944 Lisp_Object monitor_list = Qnil, monitor_frames, rest, frame;
4945 int i, n_monitors;
4946 HMONITOR *monitors;
4947 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
4948
4949 if (!(enum_display_monitors_fn && get_monitor_info_fn
4950 && monitor_from_window_fn))
4951 return Qnil;
4952
4953 if (!enum_display_monitors_fn (NULL, NULL, w32_monitor_enum,
4954 (LPARAM) &monitor_list)
4955 || NILP (monitor_list))
4956 return Qnil;
4957
4958 n_monitors = 0;
4959 for (rest = monitor_list; CONSP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest))
4960 n_monitors++;
4961
4962 monitors = xmalloc (n_monitors * sizeof (*monitors));
4963 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4964 {
4965 monitors[i] = XSAVE_POINTER (XCAR (monitor_list), 0);
4966 monitor_list = XCDR (monitor_list);
4967 }
4968
4969 monitor_frames = Fmake_vector (make_number (n_monitors), Qnil);
4970 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
4971 {
4972 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4973
4974 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
4975 {
4976 HMONITOR monitor =
4977 monitor_from_window_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4978 MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
4979
4980 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4981 if (monitors[i] == monitor)
4982 break;
4983
4984 if (i < n_monitors)
4985 ASET (monitor_frames, i, Fcons (frame, AREF (monitor_frames, i)));
4986 }
4987 }
4988
4989 GCPRO3 (attributes_list, primary_monitor_attributes, monitor_frames);
4990
4991 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4992 {
4993 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, name, attributes = Qnil;
4994 HDC hdc;
4995 int width_mm, height_mm;
4996 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX mi;
4997
4998 mi.cbSize = sizeof (mi);
4999 if (!get_monitor_info_fn (monitors[i], (struct MONITOR_INFO *) &mi))
5000 continue;
5001
5002 hdc = CreateDCA ("DISPLAY", mi.szDevice, NULL, NULL);
5003 if (hdc == NULL)
5004 continue;
5005 width_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE);
5006 height_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE);
5007 DeleteDC (hdc);
5008
5009 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, AREF (monitor_frames, i)),
5010 attributes);
5011
5012 name = DECODE_SYSTEM (build_unibyte_string (mi.szDevice));
5013
5014 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, name), attributes);
5015
5016 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5017 attributes);
5018
5019 workarea = list4i (mi.rcWork.left, mi.rcWork.top,
5020 mi.rcWork.right - mi.rcWork.left,
5021 mi.rcWork.bottom - mi.rcWork.top);
5022 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5023
5024 geometry = list4i (mi.rcMonitor.left, mi.rcMonitor.top,
5025 mi.rcMonitor.right - mi.rcMonitor.left,
5026 mi.rcMonitor.bottom - mi.rcMonitor.top);
5027 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5028
5029 if (mi.dwFlags & MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY)
5030 primary_monitor_attributes = attributes;
5031 else
5032 attributes_list = Fcons (attributes, attributes_list);
5033 }
5034
5035 if (!NILP (primary_monitor_attributes))
5036 attributes_list = Fcons (primary_monitor_attributes, attributes_list);
5037
5038 UNGCPRO;
5039
5040 xfree (monitors);
5041
5042 return attributes_list;
5043 }
5044
5045 static Lisp_Object
5046 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo)
5047 {
5048 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, frames, rest, frame, attributes = Qnil;
5049 HDC hdc;
5050 double mm_per_pixel;
5051 int pixel_width, pixel_height, width_mm, height_mm;
5052 RECT workarea_rect;
5053
5054 /* Fallback: treat (possibly) multiple physical monitors as if they
5055 formed a single monitor as a whole. This should provide a
5056 consistent result at least on single monitor environments. */
5057 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("combined screen")),
5058 attributes);
5059
5060 frames = Qnil;
5061 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
5062 {
5063 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5064
5065 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
5066 frames = Fcons (frame, frames);
5067 }
5068 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, frames), attributes);
5069
5070 pixel_width = x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo);
5071 pixel_height = x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo);
5072
5073 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
5074 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
5075 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
5076 width_mm = pixel_width * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5077 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
5078 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
5079 height_mm = pixel_height * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5080 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
5081 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5082 attributes);
5083
5084 /* GetSystemMetrics below may return 0 for Windows 95 or NT 4.0, but
5085 we don't care. */
5086 geometry = list4i (GetSystemMetrics (SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN),
5087 GetSystemMetrics (SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN),
5088 pixel_width, pixel_height);
5089 if (SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &workarea_rect, 0))
5090 workarea = list4i (workarea_rect.left, workarea_rect.top,
5091 workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left,
5092 workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top);
5093 else
5094 workarea = geometry;
5095 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5096
5097 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5098
5099 return list1 (attributes);
5100 }
5101
5102 DEFUN ("w32-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5103 Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5104 0, 1, 0,
5105 doc: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the W32 display DISPLAY.
5106
5107 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5108 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5109 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5110
5111 Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */)
5112 (Lisp_Object display)
5113 {
5114 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5115 Lisp_Object attributes_list;
5116
5117 block_input ();
5118 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list ();
5119 if (NILP (attributes_list))
5120 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (dpyinfo);
5121 unblock_input ();
5122
5123 return attributes_list;
5124 }
5125
5126 DEFUN ("set-message-beep", Fset_message_beep, Sset_message_beep, 1, 1, 0,
5127 doc: /* Set the sound generated when the bell is rung.
5128 SOUND is 'asterisk, 'exclamation, 'hand, 'question, 'ok, or 'silent
5129 to use the corresponding system sound for the bell. The 'silent sound
5130 prevents Emacs from making any sound at all.
5131 SOUND is nil to use the normal beep. */)
5132 (Lisp_Object sound)
5133 {
5134 CHECK_SYMBOL (sound);
5135
5136 if (NILP (sound))
5137 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5138 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("asterisk")))
5139 sound_type = MB_ICONASTERISK;
5140 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("exclamation")))
5141 sound_type = MB_ICONEXCLAMATION;
5142 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("hand")))
5143 sound_type = MB_ICONHAND;
5144 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("question")))
5145 sound_type = MB_ICONQUESTION;
5146 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("ok")))
5147 sound_type = MB_OK;
5148 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("silent")))
5149 sound_type = MB_EMACS_SILENT;
5150 else
5151 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5152
5153 return sound;
5154 }
5155
5156 int
5157 x_screen_planes (register struct frame *f)
5158 {
5159 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes;
5160 }
5161 \f
5162 /* Return the display structure for the display named NAME.
5163 Open a new connection if necessary. */
5164
5165 struct w32_display_info *
5166 x_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name)
5167 {
5168 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5169
5170 CHECK_STRING (name);
5171
5172 for (dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
5173 if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (XCAR (dpyinfo->name_list_element), name)))
5174 return dpyinfo;
5175
5176 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5177 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5178
5179 validate_x_resource_name ();
5180
5181 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (name, (unsigned char *)0,
5182 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5183
5184 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5185 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (name));
5186
5187 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5188
5189 return dpyinfo;
5190 }
5191
5192 DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection, Sx_open_connection,
5193 1, 3, 0, doc: /* Open a connection to a display server.
5194 DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
5195 Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
5196 If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
5197 terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.
5198 \(In the Nextstep version, the last two arguments are currently ignored.) */)
5199 (Lisp_Object display, Lisp_Object xrm_string, Lisp_Object must_succeed)
5200 {
5201 unsigned char *xrm_option;
5202 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5203
5204 CHECK_STRING (display);
5205
5206 /* Signal an error in order to encourage correct use from callers.
5207 * If we ever support multiple window systems in the same Emacs,
5208 * we'll need callers to be precise about what window system they
5209 * want. */
5210
5211 if (strcmp (SSDATA (display), "w32") != 0)
5212 error ("The name of the display in this Emacs must be \"w32\"");
5213
5214 /* If initialization has already been done, return now to avoid
5215 overwriting critical parts of one_w32_display_info. */
5216 if (window_system_available (NULL))
5217 return Qnil;
5218
5219 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5220 CHECK_STRING (xrm_string);
5221
5222 /* Allow color mapping to be defined externally; first look in user's
5223 HOME directory, then in Emacs etc dir for a file called rgb.txt. */
5224 {
5225 Lisp_Object color_file;
5226 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5227
5228 color_file = build_string ("~/rgb.txt");
5229
5230 GCPRO1 (color_file);
5231
5232 if (NILP (Ffile_readable_p (color_file)))
5233 color_file =
5234 Fexpand_file_name (build_string ("rgb.txt"),
5235 Fsymbol_value (intern ("data-directory")));
5236
5237 Vw32_color_map = Fx_load_color_file (color_file);
5238
5239 UNGCPRO;
5240 }
5241 if (NILP (Vw32_color_map))
5242 Vw32_color_map = w32_default_color_map ();
5243
5244 /* Merge in system logical colors. */
5245 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (&Vw32_color_map);
5246
5247 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5248 xrm_option = SDATA (xrm_string);
5249 else
5250 xrm_option = (unsigned char *) 0;
5251
5252 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5253 /* First remove .exe suffix from invocation-name - it looks ugly. */
5254 {
5255 char basename[ MAX_PATH ], *str;
5256
5257 strcpy (basename, SDATA (Vinvocation_name));
5258 str = strrchr (basename, '.');
5259 if (str) *str = 0;
5260 Vinvocation_name = build_string (basename);
5261 }
5262 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5263
5264 validate_x_resource_name ();
5265
5266 /* This is what opens the connection and sets x_current_display.
5267 This also initializes many symbols, such as those used for input. */
5268 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (display, xrm_option,
5269 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5270
5271 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5272 {
5273 if (!NILP (must_succeed))
5274 fatal ("Cannot connect to server %s.\n",
5275 SDATA (display));
5276 else
5277 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (display));
5278 }
5279
5280 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5281 return Qnil;
5282 }
5283
5284 DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection,
5285 Sx_close_connection, 1, 1, 0,
5286 doc: /* Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
5287 For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
5288 If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5289 (Lisp_Object display)
5290 {
5291 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5292
5293 if (dpyinfo->reference_count > 0)
5294 error ("Display still has frames on it");
5295
5296 block_input ();
5297 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo);
5298
5299 x_delete_display (dpyinfo);
5300 unblock_input ();
5301
5302 return Qnil;
5303 }
5304
5305 DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list, Sx_display_list, 0, 0, 0,
5306 doc: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */)
5307 (void)
5308 {
5309 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
5310 struct w32_display_info *wdi;
5311
5312 for (wdi = x_display_list; wdi; wdi = wdi->next)
5313 result = Fcons (XCAR (wdi->name_list_element), result);
5314
5315 return result;
5316 }
5317
5318 DEFUN ("x-synchronize", Fx_synchronize, Sx_synchronize, 1, 2, 0,
5319 doc: /* If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
5320 This function only has an effect on X Windows. With MS Windows, it is
5321 defined but does nothing.
5322
5323 If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
5324 Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
5325 requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
5326 easier.
5327 The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
5328 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5329 If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5330 (Lisp_Object on, Lisp_Object display)
5331 {
5332 return Qnil;
5333 }
5334
5335
5336 \f
5337 /***********************************************************************
5338 Window properties
5339 ***********************************************************************/
5340
5341 #if 0 /* TODO : port window properties to W32 */
5342
5343 DEFUN ("x-change-window-property", Fx_change_window_property,
5344 Sx_change_window_property, 2, 6, 0,
5345 doc: /* Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
5346 PROP must be a string. VALUE may be a string or a list of conses,
5347 numbers and/or strings. If an element in the list is a string, it is
5348 converted to an atom and the value of the Atom is used. If an element
5349 is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16
5350 top bits and the cdr is the lower 16 bits.
5351
5352 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5353 If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
5354 If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
5355 FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
5356 It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
5357 If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
5358 If OUTER-P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
5359 FRAME. Default is to change on the edit X window. */)
5360 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object frame,
5361 Lisp_Object type, Lisp_Object format, Lisp_Object outer_p)
5362 {
5363 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5364 Atom prop_atom;
5365
5366 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5367 CHECK_STRING (value);
5368
5369 block_input ();
5370 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5371 XChangeProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5372 prop_atom, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
5373 SDATA (value), SCHARS (value));
5374
5375 /* Make sure the property is set when we return. */
5376 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5377 unblock_input ();
5378
5379 return value;
5380 }
5381
5382
5383 DEFUN ("x-delete-window-property", Fx_delete_window_property,
5384 Sx_delete_window_property, 1, 2, 0,
5385 doc: /* Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
5386 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. */)
5387 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame)
5388 {
5389 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5390 Atom prop_atom;
5391
5392 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5393 block_input ();
5394 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5395 XDeleteProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), prop_atom);
5396
5397 /* Make sure the property is removed when we return. */
5398 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5399 unblock_input ();
5400
5401 return prop;
5402 }
5403
5404
5405 DEFUN ("x-window-property", Fx_window_property, Sx_window_property,
5406 1, 6, 0,
5407 doc: /* Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
5408 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
5409
5410 On X Windows, the following optional arguments are also accepted:
5411 If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.
5412 Otherwise TYPE is the name of the atom that denotes the type expected.
5413 If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
5414 FRAME. The number 0 denotes the root window.
5415 If DELETE-P is non-nil, delete the property after retrieving it.
5416 If VECTOR-RET-P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.
5417
5418 On MS Windows, this function accepts but ignores those optional arguments.
5419
5420 Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
5421 no value of TYPE (always string in the MS Windows case). */)
5422 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object type,
5423 Lisp_Object source, Lisp_Object delete_p, Lisp_Object vector_ret_p)
5424 {
5425 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5426 Atom prop_atom;
5427 int rc;
5428 Lisp_Object prop_value = Qnil;
5429 char *tmp_data = NULL;
5430 Atom actual_type;
5431 int actual_format;
5432 unsigned long actual_size, bytes_remaining;
5433
5434 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5435 block_input ();
5436 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5437 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5438 prop_atom, 0, 0, False, XA_STRING,
5439 &actual_type, &actual_format, &actual_size,
5440 &bytes_remaining, (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5441 if (rc == Success)
5442 {
5443 int size = bytes_remaining;
5444
5445 XFree (tmp_data);
5446 tmp_data = NULL;
5447
5448 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5449 prop_atom, 0, bytes_remaining,
5450 False, XA_STRING,
5451 &actual_type, &actual_format,
5452 &actual_size, &bytes_remaining,
5453 (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5454 if (rc == Success)
5455 prop_value = make_string (tmp_data, size);
5456
5457 XFree (tmp_data);
5458 }
5459
5460 unblock_input ();
5461
5462 return prop_value;
5463
5464 return Qnil;
5465 }
5466
5467 #endif /* TODO */
5468
5469 \f
5470 /***********************************************************************
5471 Busy cursor
5472 ***********************************************************************/
5473
5474 void
5475 w32_note_current_window (void)
5476 {
5477 struct frame * f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5478
5479 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5480 return;
5481
5482 hourglass_hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5483 }
5484
5485 void
5486 show_hourglass (struct atimer *timer)
5487 {
5488 struct frame *f;
5489
5490 hourglass_atimer = NULL;
5491
5492 block_input ();
5493 f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5494 hourglass_hwnd);
5495
5496 if (f)
5497 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5498 else
5499 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5500
5501 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5502 {
5503 unblock_input ();
5504 return;
5505 }
5506
5507 w32_show_hourglass (f);
5508 unblock_input ();
5509 }
5510
5511 void
5512 hide_hourglass (void)
5513 {
5514 block_input ();
5515 w32_hide_hourglass ();
5516 unblock_input ();
5517 }
5518
5519
5520 /* Display an hourglass cursor. Set the hourglass_p flag in display info
5521 to indicate that an hourglass cursor is shown. */
5522
5523 static void
5524 w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *f)
5525 {
5526 if (!hourglass_shown_p)
5527 {
5528 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 1;
5529 if (!menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
5530 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
5531 hourglass_shown_p = 1;
5532 }
5533 }
5534
5535
5536 /* Hide the hourglass cursor on all frames, if it is currently shown. */
5537
5538 static void
5539 w32_hide_hourglass (void)
5540 {
5541 if (hourglass_shown_p)
5542 {
5543 struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5544 hourglass_hwnd);
5545 if (f)
5546 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5547 else
5548 /* If frame was deleted, restore to selected frame's cursor. */
5549 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5550
5551 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
5552 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
5553 else
5554 /* No cursors on non GUI frames - restore to stock arrow cursor. */
5555 SetCursor (w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW));
5556
5557 hourglass_shown_p = 0;
5558 }
5559 }
5560
5561
5562 \f
5563 /***********************************************************************
5564 Tool tips
5565 ***********************************************************************/
5566
5567 static Lisp_Object x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *,
5568 Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
5569 static void compute_tip_xy (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
5570 Lisp_Object, int, int, int *, int *);
5571
5572 /* The frame of a currently visible tooltip. */
5573
5574 Lisp_Object tip_frame;
5575
5576 /* If non-nil, a timer started that hides the last tooltip when it
5577 fires. */
5578
5579 Lisp_Object tip_timer;
5580 Window tip_window;
5581
5582 /* If non-nil, a vector of 3 elements containing the last args
5583 with which x-show-tip was called. See there. */
5584
5585 Lisp_Object last_show_tip_args;
5586
5587
5588 static void
5589 unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
5590 {
5591 Lisp_Object deleted;
5592
5593 deleted = unwind_create_frame (frame);
5594 if (EQ (deleted, Qt))
5595 {
5596 tip_window = NULL;
5597 tip_frame = Qnil;
5598 }
5599 }
5600
5601
5602 /* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO.
5603 PARMS is a list of frame parameters. TEXT is the string to
5604 display in the tip frame. Value is the frame.
5605
5606 Note that functions called here, esp. x_default_parameter can
5607 signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is
5608 undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state
5609 when this happens. */
5610
5611 static Lisp_Object
5612 x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo,
5613 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object text)
5614 {
5615 struct frame *f;
5616 Lisp_Object frame;
5617 Lisp_Object name;
5618 long window_prompting = 0;
5619 int width, height;
5620 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5621 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
5622 struct kboard *kb;
5623 int face_change_count_before = face_change_count;
5624 Lisp_Object buffer;
5625 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5626
5627 /* Use this general default value to start with until we know if
5628 this frame has a specified name. */
5629 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5630
5631 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
5632
5633 /* The calls to x_get_arg remove elements from PARMS, so copy it to
5634 avoid destructive changes behind our caller's back. */
5635 parms = Fcopy_alist (parms);
5636
5637 /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */
5638 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5639 if (!STRINGP (name)
5640 && !EQ (name, Qunbound)
5641 && !NILP (name))
5642 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
5643 Vx_resource_name = name;
5644
5645 frame = Qnil;
5646 GCPRO3 (parms, name, frame);
5647 /* Make a frame without minibuffer nor mode-line. */
5648 f = make_frame (0);
5649 f->wants_modeline = 0;
5650 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
5651
5652 buffer = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (" *tip*"));
5653 /* Use set_window_buffer instead of Fset_window_buffer (see
5654 discussion of bug#11984, bug#12025, bug#12026). */
5655 set_window_buffer (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), buffer, 0, 0);
5656 old_buffer = current_buffer;
5657 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5658 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
5659 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5660 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt);
5661 Ferase_buffer ();
5662 Finsert (1, &text);
5663 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
5664
5665 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame, frame);
5666
5667 /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that
5668 the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal
5669 from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference
5670 counts etc. */
5671 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
5672 f->output_method = output_w32;
5673 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
5674
5675 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
5676 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
5677
5678 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
5679 image_cache_refcount =
5680 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
5681 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
5682 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
5683 FRAME_KBOARD (f) = kb;
5684 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5685 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
5686
5687 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
5688 be set. */
5689 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
5690 {
5691 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
5692 f->explicit_name = 0;
5693 }
5694 else
5695 {
5696 fset_name (f, name);
5697 f->explicit_name = 1;
5698 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
5699 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
5700 }
5701
5702 if (uniscribe_available)
5703 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
5704 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
5705
5706 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
5707 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5708
5709 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
5710 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
5711 x_default_font_parameter (f, parms);
5712
5713 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
5714 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5715 /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either
5716 internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls
5717 it). */
5718 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
5719 {
5720 Lisp_Object value;
5721
5722 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qinternal_border_width,
5723 "internalBorder", "internalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5724 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
5725 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
5726 parms);
5727 }
5728 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (1),
5729 "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth",
5730 RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5731 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
5732 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5733 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
5734 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5735
5736 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
5737 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
5738 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5739 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
5740 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5741 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
5742 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5743 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_color, build_string ("black"),
5744 "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5745 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
5746 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5747
5748 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
5749 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
5750 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
5751 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
5752 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
5753 happen. */
5754 init_frame_faces (f);
5755
5756 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_BORDER | WS_POPUP | WS_DISABLED;
5757 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5758
5759 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parms, 0);
5760
5761 /* No fringes on tip frame. */
5762 f->fringe_cols = 0;
5763 f->left_fringe_width = 0;
5764 f->right_fringe_width = 0;
5765
5766 block_input ();
5767 my_create_tip_window (f);
5768 unblock_input ();
5769
5770 x_make_gc (f);
5771
5772 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
5773 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5774 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
5775 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5776 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
5777 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
5778
5779 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via
5780 change_frame_size. Change will not be effected unless different
5781 from the current FRAME_LINES (f). */
5782 width = FRAME_COLS (f);
5783 height = FRAME_LINES (f);
5784 FRAME_LINES (f) = 0;
5785 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, 0);
5786 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 0);
5787
5788 /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */
5789 if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame, Qtooltip)))
5790 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtooltip, Qt), Qnil));
5791
5792 /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call
5793 also merges in face attributes specified for new frames.
5794
5795 Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains
5796 specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an
5797 `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color'
5798 attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border
5799 of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */
5800 {
5801 Lisp_Object bg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color);
5802 Lisp_Object fg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color);
5803 Lisp_Object colors = Qnil;
5804
5805 /* Set tip_frame here, so that */
5806 tip_frame = frame;
5807 call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default, frame, Qnil);
5808
5809 if (!EQ (bg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color)))
5810 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, bg), colors);
5811 if (!EQ (fg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color)))
5812 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color, fg), colors);
5813
5814 if (!NILP (colors))
5815 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, colors);
5816 }
5817
5818 f->no_split = 1;
5819
5820 UNGCPRO;
5821
5822 /* Now that the frame is official, it counts as a reference to
5823 its display. */
5824 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
5825 f->terminal->reference_count++;
5826
5827 /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error
5828 below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it
5829 visible won't work. */
5830 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
5831
5832 /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources
5833 and similar will increment face_change_count, which leads to the
5834 clearing of all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary
5835 here, avoid it by resetting face_change_count to the value it
5836 had before we created the tip frame. */
5837 face_change_count = face_change_count_before;
5838
5839 /* Discard the unwind_protect. */
5840 return unbind_to (count, frame);
5841 }
5842
5843
5844 /* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame
5845 parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current
5846 location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height
5847 of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of
5848 the display in *ROOT_X, and *ROOT_Y. */
5849
5850 static void
5851 compute_tip_xy (struct frame *f,
5852 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy,
5853 int width, int height, int *root_x, int *root_y)
5854 {
5855 Lisp_Object left, top;
5856 int min_x, min_y, max_x, max_y;
5857
5858 /* User-specified position? */
5859 left = Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft, parms));
5860 top = Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop, parms));
5861
5862 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
5863 show it. */
5864 if (!INTEGERP (left) || !INTEGERP (top))
5865 {
5866 POINT pt;
5867
5868 /* Default min and max values. */
5869 min_x = 0;
5870 min_y = 0;
5871 max_x = x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5872 max_y = x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5873
5874 block_input ();
5875 GetCursorPos (&pt);
5876 *root_x = pt.x;
5877 *root_y = pt.y;
5878 unblock_input ();
5879
5880 /* If multiple monitor support is available, constrain the tip onto
5881 the current monitor. This improves the above by allowing negative
5882 co-ordinates if monitor positions are such that they are valid, and
5883 snaps a tooltip onto a single monitor if we are close to the edge
5884 where it would otherwise flow onto the other monitor (or into
5885 nothingness if there is a gap in the overlap). */
5886 if (monitor_from_point_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
5887 {
5888 struct MONITOR_INFO info;
5889 HMONITOR monitor
5890 = monitor_from_point_fn (pt, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
5891 info.cbSize = sizeof (info);
5892
5893 if (get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &info))
5894 {
5895 min_x = info.rcWork.left;
5896 min_y = info.rcWork.top;
5897 max_x = info.rcWork.right;
5898 max_y = info.rcWork.bottom;
5899 }
5900 }
5901 }
5902
5903 if (INTEGERP (top))
5904 *root_y = XINT (top);
5905 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) <= min_y)
5906 *root_y = min_y; /* Can happen for negative dy */
5907 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) + height <= max_y)
5908 /* It fits below the pointer */
5909 *root_y += XINT (dy);
5910 else if (height + XINT (dy) + min_y <= *root_y)
5911 /* It fits above the pointer. */
5912 *root_y -= height + XINT (dy);
5913 else
5914 /* Put it on the top. */
5915 *root_y = min_y;
5916
5917 if (INTEGERP (left))
5918 *root_x = XINT (left);
5919 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) <= min_x)
5920 *root_x = 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */
5921 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) + width <= max_x)
5922 /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */
5923 *root_x += XINT (dx);
5924 else if (width + XINT (dx) + min_x <= *root_x)
5925 /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */
5926 *root_x -= width + XINT (dx);
5927 else
5928 /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */
5929 *root_x = min_x;
5930 }
5931
5932
5933 DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip, Sx_show_tip, 1, 6, 0,
5934 doc: /* Show STRING in a \"tooltip\" window on frame FRAME.
5935 A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.
5936
5937 This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.
5938
5939 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5940
5941 PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
5942 used to change the tooltip's appearance.
5943
5944 Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil
5945 means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.
5946
5947 If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
5948 the tooltip is displayed at that x-position. Otherwise it is
5949 displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
5950 DX isn't specified). Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
5951 parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
5952 window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
5953 DY added (default is -10).
5954
5955 A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
5956 Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */)
5957 (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object timeout, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy)
5958 {
5959 struct frame *f;
5960 struct window *w;
5961 int root_x, root_y;
5962 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5963 struct text_pos pos;
5964 int i, width, height, seen_reversed_p;
5965 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5966 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5967 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5968
5969 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
5970
5971 GCPRO4 (string, parms, frame, timeout);
5972
5973 CHECK_STRING (string);
5974 f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5975 if (NILP (timeout))
5976 timeout = make_number (5);
5977 else
5978 CHECK_NATNUM (timeout);
5979
5980 if (NILP (dx))
5981 dx = make_number (5);
5982 else
5983 CHECK_NUMBER (dx);
5984
5985 if (NILP (dy))
5986 dy = make_number (-10);
5987 else
5988 CHECK_NUMBER (dy);
5989
5990 if (NILP (last_show_tip_args))
5991 last_show_tip_args = Fmake_vector (make_number (3), Qnil);
5992
5993 if (!NILP (tip_frame))
5994 {
5995 Lisp_Object last_string = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 0);
5996 Lisp_Object last_frame = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 1);
5997 Lisp_Object last_parms = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 2);
5998
5999 if (EQ (frame, last_frame)
6000 && !NILP (Fequal (last_string, string))
6001 && !NILP (Fequal (last_parms, parms)))
6002 {
6003 struct frame *f = XFRAME (tip_frame);
6004
6005 /* Only DX and DY have changed. */
6006 if (!NILP (tip_timer))
6007 {
6008 Lisp_Object timer = tip_timer;
6009 tip_timer = Qnil;
6010 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6011 }
6012
6013 block_input ();
6014 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f),
6015 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), &root_x, &root_y);
6016
6017 /* Put tooltip in topmost group and in position. */
6018 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6019 root_x, root_y, 0, 0,
6020 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6021
6022 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6023 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6024 0, 0, 0, 0,
6025 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6026
6027 unblock_input ();
6028 goto start_timer;
6029 }
6030 }
6031
6032 /* Hide a previous tip, if any. */
6033 Fx_hide_tip ();
6034
6035 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 0, string);
6036 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 1, frame);
6037 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 2, parms);
6038
6039 /* Add default values to frame parameters. */
6040 if (NILP (Fassq (Qname, parms)))
6041 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("tooltip")), parms);
6042 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
6043 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, make_number (3)), parms);
6044 if (NILP (Fassq (Qright_divider_width, parms)))
6045 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qright_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6046 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbottom_divider_width, parms)))
6047 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6048 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width, parms)))
6049 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width, make_number (1)), parms);
6050 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color, parms)))
6051 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms);
6052 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color, parms)))
6053 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, build_string ("lightyellow")),
6054 parms);
6055
6056 /* Block input until the tip has been fully drawn, to avoid crashes
6057 when drawing tips in menus. */
6058 block_input ();
6059
6060 /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global
6061 variable tip_frame. */
6062 frame = x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), parms, string);
6063 f = XFRAME (frame);
6064
6065 /* Set up the frame's root window. */
6066 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6067 w->left_col = 0;
6068 w->top_line = 0;
6069 w->pixel_left = 0;
6070 w->pixel_top = 0;
6071
6072 if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size)
6073 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6074 && XINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0
6075 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6076 && XINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0)
6077 {
6078 w->total_cols = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6079 w->total_lines = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6080 }
6081 else
6082 {
6083 w->total_cols = 80;
6084 w->total_lines = 40;
6085 }
6086
6087 w->pixel_width = w->total_cols * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
6088 w->pixel_height = w->total_lines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
6089
6090 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w);
6091 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6092 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6093
6094 /* Display the tooltip text in a temporary buffer. */
6095 old_buffer = current_buffer;
6096 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->contents));
6097 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
6098 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6099 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6100 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6101 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6102
6103 /* Compute width and height of the tooltip. */
6104 width = height = seen_reversed_p = 0;
6105 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6106 {
6107 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6108 struct glyph *last;
6109 int row_width;
6110
6111 /* Stop at the first empty row at the end. */
6112 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6113 break;
6114
6115 /* Let the row go over the full width of the frame. */
6116 row->full_width_p = 1;
6117
6118 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6119 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
6120 {
6121 if (!row->reversed_p)
6122 {
6123 /* There's a glyph at the end of rows that is used to
6124 place the cursor there. Don't include the width of
6125 this glyph. */
6126 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6127 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6128 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6129 }
6130 else
6131 {
6132 /* There could be a stretch glyph at the beginning of R2L
6133 rows that is produced by extend_face_to_end_of_line.
6134 Don't count that glyph. */
6135 struct glyph *g = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6136
6137 if (g->type == STRETCH_GLYPH && INTEGERP (g->object))
6138 {
6139 row_width -= g->pixel_width;
6140 seen_reversed_p = 1;
6141 }
6142 }
6143 }
6144
6145 height += row->height;
6146 width = max (width, row_width);
6147 }
6148
6149 /* If we've seen partial-length R2L rows, we need to re-adjust the
6150 tool-tip frame width and redisplay it again, to avoid over-wide
6151 tips due to the stretch glyph that extends R2L lines to full
6152 width of the frame. */
6153 if (seen_reversed_p)
6154 {
6155 /* PXW: Why do we do the pixel-to-cols conversion only if
6156 seen_reversed_p holds? Don't we have to set other fields of
6157 the window/frame structure?
6158
6159 w->total_cols and FRAME_TOTAL_COLS want the width in columns,
6160 not in pixels. */
6161 w->pixel_width = width;
6162 width /= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w);
6163 w->total_cols = width;
6164 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = width;
6165 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, width);
6166 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6167 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6168 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6169 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6170 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6171 width = height = 0;
6172 /* Recompute width and height of the tooltip. */
6173 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6174 {
6175 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6176 struct glyph *last;
6177 int row_width;
6178
6179 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6180 break;
6181 row->full_width_p = 1;
6182 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6183 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] && !row->reversed_p)
6184 {
6185 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6186 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6187 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6188 }
6189
6190 height += row->height;
6191 width = max (width, row_width);
6192 }
6193 }
6194
6195 /* Add the frame's internal border to the width and height the w32
6196 window should have. */
6197 height += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6198 width += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6199
6200 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
6201 show it.
6202
6203 PXW: This should use the frame's pixel coordinates. */
6204 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, width, height, &root_x, &root_y);
6205
6206 {
6207 /* Adjust Window size to take border into account. */
6208 RECT rect;
6209 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
6210 rect.right = width;
6211 rect.bottom = height;
6212 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
6213 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
6214
6215 /* Position and size tooltip, and put it in the topmost group.
6216 The add-on of FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH to the 5th argument is a
6217 peculiarity of w32 display: without it, some fonts cause the
6218 last character of the tip to be truncated or wrapped around to
6219 the next line. */
6220 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6221 root_x, root_y,
6222 rect.right - rect.left + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f),
6223 rect.bottom - rect.top, SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6224
6225 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6226 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6227 0, 0, 0, 0,
6228 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6229
6230 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
6231 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 1);
6232
6233 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE);
6234 }
6235
6236 /* Draw into the window. */
6237 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6238 update_single_window (w, 1);
6239
6240 unblock_input ();
6241
6242 /* Restore original current buffer. */
6243 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
6244 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
6245
6246 start_timer:
6247 /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */
6248 tip_timer = call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout, Qnil,
6249 intern ("x-hide-tip"));
6250
6251 UNGCPRO;
6252 return unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6253 }
6254
6255
6256 DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip, Sx_hide_tip, 0, 0, 0,
6257 doc: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
6258 Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */)
6259 (void)
6260 {
6261 ptrdiff_t count;
6262 Lisp_Object deleted, frame, timer;
6263 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6264
6265 /* Return quickly if nothing to do. */
6266 if (NILP (tip_timer) && NILP (tip_frame))
6267 return Qnil;
6268
6269 frame = tip_frame;
6270 timer = tip_timer;
6271 GCPRO2 (frame, timer);
6272 tip_frame = tip_timer = deleted = Qnil;
6273
6274 count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6275 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6276 specbind (Qinhibit_quit, Qt);
6277
6278 if (!NILP (timer))
6279 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6280
6281 if (FRAMEP (frame))
6282 {
6283 delete_frame (frame, Qnil);
6284 deleted = Qt;
6285 }
6286
6287 UNGCPRO;
6288 return unbind_to (count, deleted);
6289 }
6290 \f
6291 /***********************************************************************
6292 File selection dialog
6293 ***********************************************************************/
6294
6295 #define FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD edt1
6296 #define FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX cmb13
6297 #define FILE_NAME_LIST lst1
6298
6299 /* Callback for altering the behavior of the Open File dialog.
6300 Makes the Filename text field contain "Current Directory" and be
6301 read-only when "Directories" is selected in the filter. This
6302 allows us to work around the fact that the standard Open File
6303 dialog does not support directories. */
6304 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
6305 file_dialog_callback (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
6306 {
6307 if (msg == WM_NOTIFY)
6308 {
6309 OFNOTIFYW * notify_w = (OFNOTIFYW *)lParam;
6310 OFNOTIFYA * notify_a = (OFNOTIFYA *)lParam;
6311 int dropdown_changed;
6312 int dir_index;
6313 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6314 const int use_unicode = 1;
6315 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6316 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6317 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6318
6319 /* Detect when the Filter dropdown is changed. */
6320 if (use_unicode)
6321 dropdown_changed =
6322 notify_w->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6323 || notify_w->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE;
6324 else
6325 dropdown_changed =
6326 notify_a->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6327 || notify_a->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE;
6328 if (dropdown_changed)
6329 {
6330 HWND dialog = GetParent (hwnd);
6331 HWND edit_control = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD);
6332 HWND list = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_LIST);
6333 int hdr_code;
6334
6335 /* At least on Windows 7, the above attempt to get the window handle
6336 to the File Name Text Field fails. The following code does the
6337 job though. Note that this code is based on my examination of the
6338 window hierarchy using Microsoft Spy++. bk */
6339 if (edit_control == NULL)
6340 {
6341 HWND tmp = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX);
6342 if (tmp)
6343 {
6344 tmp = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6345 if (tmp)
6346 edit_control = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6347 }
6348 }
6349
6350 /* Directories is in index 2. */
6351 if (use_unicode)
6352 {
6353 dir_index = notify_w->lpOFN->nFilterIndex;
6354 hdr_code = notify_w->hdr.code;
6355 }
6356 else
6357 {
6358 dir_index = notify_a->lpOFN->nFilterIndex;
6359 hdr_code = notify_a->hdr.code;
6360 }
6361 if (dir_index == 2)
6362 {
6363 if (use_unicode)
6364 SendMessageW (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6365 (LPARAM)L"Current Directory");
6366 else
6367 SendMessageA (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6368 (LPARAM)"Current Directory");
6369 EnableWindow (edit_control, FALSE);
6370 /* Note that at least on Windows 7, the above call to EnableWindow
6371 disables the window that would ordinarily have focus. If we
6372 do not set focus to some other window here, focus will land in
6373 no man's land and the user will be unable to tab through the
6374 dialog box (pressing tab will only result in a beep).
6375 Avoid that problem by setting focus to the list here. */
6376 if (hdr_code == CDN_INITDONE)
6377 SetFocus (list);
6378 }
6379 else
6380 {
6381 /* Don't override default filename on init done. */
6382 if (hdr_code == CDN_TYPECHANGE)
6383 {
6384 if (use_unicode)
6385 SendMessageW (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT,
6386 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD, (LPARAM)L"");
6387 else
6388 SendMessageA (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT,
6389 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD, (LPARAM)"");
6390 }
6391 EnableWindow (edit_control, TRUE);
6392 }
6393 }
6394 }
6395 return 0;
6396 }
6397
6398 DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog, Sx_file_dialog, 2, 5, 0,
6399 doc: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
6400 Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
6401 selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
6402 or directory must exist.
6403
6404 This function is only defined on NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the
6405 Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored.
6406 Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories. */)
6407 (Lisp_Object prompt, Lisp_Object dir, Lisp_Object default_filename, Lisp_Object mustmatch, Lisp_Object only_dir_p)
6408 {
6409 /* Filter index: 1: All Files, 2: Directories only */
6410 static const wchar_t filter_w[] = L"All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6411 static const char filter_a[] = "All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6412
6413 Lisp_Object filename = default_filename;
6414 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6415 BOOL file_opened = FALSE;
6416 Lisp_Object orig_dir = dir;
6417 Lisp_Object orig_prompt = prompt;
6418
6419 /* If we compile with _WIN32_WINNT set to 0x0400 (for NT4
6420 compatibility) we end up with the old file dialogs. Define a big
6421 enough struct for the new dialog to trick GetOpenFileName into
6422 giving us the new dialogs on newer versions of Windows. */
6423 struct {
6424 OPENFILENAMEW details;
6425 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6426 PVOID pvReserved;
6427 DWORD dwReserved;
6428 DWORD FlagsEx;
6429 #endif /* < win2k */
6430 } new_file_details_w;
6431
6432 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6433 wchar_t filename_buf_w[32*1024 + 1]; // NT kernel maximum
6434 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details_w = &new_file_details_w.details;
6435 const int use_unicode = 1;
6436 #else /* not NTGUI_UNICODE */
6437 struct {
6438 OPENFILENAMEA details;
6439 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6440 PVOID pvReserved;
6441 DWORD dwReserved;
6442 DWORD FlagsEx;
6443 #endif /* < win2k */
6444 } new_file_details_a;
6445 wchar_t filename_buf_w[MAX_PATH + 1], dir_w[MAX_PATH];
6446 char filename_buf_a[MAX_PATH + 1], dir_a[MAX_PATH];
6447 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details_w = &new_file_details_w.details;
6448 OPENFILENAMEA * file_details_a = &new_file_details_a.details;
6449 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6450 wchar_t *prompt_w;
6451 char *prompt_a;
6452 int len;
6453 char fname_ret[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
6454 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6455
6456 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4, gcpro5, gcpro6;
6457 GCPRO6 (prompt, dir, default_filename, mustmatch, only_dir_p, filename);
6458
6459 {
6460 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6461 GCPRO2 (orig_dir, orig_prompt); /* There is no GCPRON, N>6. */
6462
6463 /* Note: under NTGUI_UNICODE, we do _NOT_ use ENCODE_FILE: the
6464 system file encoding expected by the platform APIs (e.g. Cygwin's
6465 POSIX implementation) may not be the same as the encoding expected
6466 by the Windows "ANSI" APIs! */
6467
6468 CHECK_STRING (prompt);
6469 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6470
6471 dir = Fexpand_file_name (dir, Qnil);
6472
6473 if (STRINGP (filename))
6474 filename = Ffile_name_nondirectory (filename);
6475 else
6476 filename = empty_unibyte_string;
6477
6478 #ifdef CYGWIN
6479 dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (dir, Qt);
6480 if (SCHARS (filename) > 0)
6481 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (filename, Qnil);
6482 #endif
6483
6484 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6485 CHECK_STRING (filename);
6486
6487 /* The code in file_dialog_callback that attempts to set the text
6488 of the file name edit window when handling the CDN_INITDONE
6489 WM_NOTIFY message does not work. Setting filename to "Current
6490 Directory" in the only_dir_p case here does work however. */
6491 if (SCHARS (filename) == 0 && ! NILP (only_dir_p))
6492 filename = build_string ("Current Directory");
6493
6494 /* Convert the values we've computed so far to system form. */
6495 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6496 to_unicode (prompt, &prompt);
6497 to_unicode (dir, &dir);
6498 to_unicode (filename, &filename);
6499 if (SBYTES (filename) + 1 > sizeof (filename_buf_w))
6500 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6501
6502 memcpy (filename_buf_w, SDATA (filename), SBYTES (filename) + 1);
6503 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6504 prompt = ENCODE_FILE (prompt);
6505 dir = ENCODE_FILE (dir);
6506 filename = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6507
6508 /* We modify these in-place, so make copies for safety. */
6509 dir = Fcopy_sequence (dir);
6510 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (dir));
6511 filename = Fcopy_sequence (filename);
6512 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (filename));
6513 if (SBYTES (filename) >= MAX_UTF8_PATH)
6514 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6515 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
6516 {
6517 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (dir), dir_w);
6518 if (filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (filename), filename_buf_w) != 0)
6519 {
6520 /* filename_to_utf16 sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6521 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6522 if (errno == ENOENT && filename_buf_w[MAX_PATH - 1] != 0)
6523 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6524 }
6525 len = MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6526 SSDATA (prompt), -1, NULL, 0);
6527 if (len > 32768)
6528 len = 32768;
6529 prompt_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6530 MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6531 SSDATA (prompt), -1, prompt_w, len);
6532 }
6533 else
6534 {
6535 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (dir), dir_a);
6536 if (filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (filename), filename_buf_a) != '\0')
6537 {
6538 /* filename_to_ansi sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6539 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6540 if (errno == ENOENT && filename_buf_a[MAX_PATH - 1] != 0)
6541 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6542 }
6543 len = MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6544 SSDATA (prompt), -1, NULL, 0);
6545 if (len > 32768)
6546 len = 32768;
6547 prompt_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6548 MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6549 SSDATA (prompt), -1, prompt_w, len);
6550 len = WideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP, 0, prompt_w, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
6551 if (len > 32768)
6552 len = 32768;
6553 prompt_a = alloca (len);
6554 WideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP, 0, prompt_w, -1, prompt_a, len, NULL, NULL);
6555 }
6556 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6557
6558 /* Fill in the structure for the call to GetOpenFileName below.
6559 For NTGUI_UNICODE builds (which run only on NT), we just use
6560 the actual size of the structure. For non-NTGUI_UNICODE
6561 builds, we tell the OS we're using an old version of the
6562 structure if the OS isn't new enough to support the newer
6563 version. */
6564 if (use_unicode)
6565 {
6566 memset (&new_file_details_w, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_w));
6567 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6568 file_details_w->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details_w);
6569 else
6570 file_details_w->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details_w);
6571 /* Set up the inout parameter for the selected file name. */
6572 file_details_w->lpstrFile = filename_buf_w;
6573 file_details_w->nMaxFile =
6574 sizeof (filename_buf_w) / sizeof (*filename_buf_w);
6575 file_details_w->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6576 /* Undocumented Bug in Common File Dialog:
6577 If a filter is not specified, shell links are not resolved. */
6578 file_details_w->lpstrFilter = filter_w;
6579 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6580 file_details_w->lpstrInitialDir = (wchar_t*) SDATA (dir);
6581 file_details->lpstrTitle = (guichar_t*) SDATA (prompt);
6582 #else
6583 file_details_w->lpstrInitialDir = dir_w;
6584 file_details_w->lpstrTitle = prompt_w;
6585 #endif
6586 file_details_w->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6587 file_details_w->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6588 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6589 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6590 {
6591 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6592 file_details_w->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6593 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6594 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6595 file_details_w->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6596 }
6597 }
6598 else
6599 {
6600 memset (&new_file_details_a, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_a));
6601 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6602 file_details_a->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details_a);
6603 else
6604 file_details_a->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details_a);
6605 file_details_a->lpstrFile = filename_buf_a;
6606 file_details_a->nMaxFile =
6607 sizeof (filename_buf_a) / sizeof (*filename_buf_a);
6608 file_details_a->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6609 file_details_a->lpstrFilter = filter_a;
6610 file_details_a->lpstrInitialDir = dir_a;
6611 file_details_a->lpstrTitle = prompt_a;
6612 file_details_a->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6613 file_details_a->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6614 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6615 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6616 {
6617 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6618 file_details_a->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6619 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6620 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6621 file_details_a->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6622 }
6623 }
6624
6625 {
6626 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6627 /* Prevent redisplay. */
6628 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6629 block_input ();
6630 if (use_unicode)
6631 {
6632 file_details_w->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6633
6634 file_opened = GetOpenFileNameW (file_details_w);
6635 }
6636 else
6637 {
6638 file_details_a->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6639
6640 file_opened = GetOpenFileNameA (file_details_a);
6641 }
6642 unblock_input ();
6643 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6644 }
6645
6646 if (file_opened)
6647 {
6648 /* Get an Emacs string from the value Windows gave us. */
6649 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6650 filename = from_unicode_buffer (filename_buf_w);
6651 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6652 if (use_unicode)
6653 filename_from_utf16 (filename_buf_w, fname_ret);
6654 else
6655 filename_from_ansi (filename_buf_a, fname_ret);
6656 dostounix_filename (fname_ret);
6657 filename = DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (fname_ret));
6658 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6659
6660 #ifdef CYGWIN
6661 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_from_windows (filename, Qt);
6662 #endif /* CYGWIN */
6663
6664 /* Strip the dummy filename off the end of the string if we
6665 added it to select a directory. */
6666 if (use_unicode && file_details_w->nFilterIndex == 2
6667 || !use_unicode && file_details_a->nFilterIndex == 2)
6668 filename = Ffile_name_directory (filename);
6669 }
6670 /* User canceled the dialog without making a selection. */
6671 else if (!CommDlgExtendedError ())
6672 filename = Qnil;
6673 /* An error occurred, fallback on reading from the mini-buffer. */
6674 else
6675 filename = Fcompleting_read (
6676 orig_prompt,
6677 intern ("read-file-name-internal"),
6678 orig_dir,
6679 mustmatch,
6680 orig_dir,
6681 Qfile_name_history,
6682 default_filename,
6683 Qnil);
6684
6685 UNGCPRO;
6686 }
6687
6688 /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */
6689 if (NILP (filename))
6690 Fsignal (Qquit, Qnil);
6691
6692 RETURN_UNGCPRO (filename);
6693 }
6694
6695 \f
6696 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
6697 /* Moving files to the system recycle bin.
6698 Used by `move-file-to-trash' instead of the default moving to ~/.Trash */
6699 DEFUN ("system-move-file-to-trash", Fsystem_move_file_to_trash,
6700 Ssystem_move_file_to_trash, 1, 1, 0,
6701 doc: /* Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin. */)
6702 (Lisp_Object filename)
6703 {
6704 Lisp_Object handler;
6705 Lisp_Object encoded_file;
6706 Lisp_Object operation;
6707
6708 operation = Qdelete_file;
6709 if (!NILP (Ffile_directory_p (filename))
6710 && NILP (Ffile_symlink_p (filename)))
6711 {
6712 operation = intern ("delete-directory");
6713 filename = Fdirectory_file_name (filename);
6714 }
6715
6716 /* Must have fully qualified file names for moving files to Recycle
6717 Bin. */
6718 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
6719
6720 handler = Ffind_file_name_handler (filename, operation);
6721 if (!NILP (handler))
6722 return call2 (handler, operation, filename);
6723 else
6724 {
6725 const char * path;
6726 int result;
6727
6728 encoded_file = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6729
6730 path = map_w32_filename (SDATA (encoded_file), NULL);
6731
6732 /* The Unicode version of SHFileOperation is not supported on
6733 Windows 9X. */
6734 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
6735 {
6736 SHFILEOPSTRUCTW file_op_w;
6737 /* We need one more element beyond MAX_PATH because this is
6738 a list of file names, with the last element double-null
6739 terminated. */
6740 wchar_t tmp_path_w[MAX_PATH + 1];
6741
6742 memset (tmp_path_w, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_w));
6743 filename_to_utf16 (path, tmp_path_w);
6744
6745 /* On Windows, write permission is required to delete/move files. */
6746 _wchmod (tmp_path_w, 0666);
6747
6748 memset (&file_op_w, 0, sizeof (file_op_w));
6749 file_op_w.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6750 file_op_w.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6751 file_op_w.pFrom = tmp_path_w;
6752 file_op_w.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6753 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6754 file_op_w.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6755
6756 result = SHFileOperationW (&file_op_w);
6757 }
6758 else
6759 {
6760 SHFILEOPSTRUCTA file_op_a;
6761 char tmp_path_a[MAX_PATH + 1];
6762
6763 memset (tmp_path_a, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_a));
6764 filename_to_ansi (path, tmp_path_a);
6765
6766 /* If a file cannot be represented in ANSI codepage, don't
6767 let them inadvertently delete other files because some
6768 characters are interpreted as a wildcards. */
6769 if (_mbspbrk (tmp_path_a, "?*"))
6770 result = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
6771 else
6772 {
6773 _chmod (tmp_path_a, 0666);
6774
6775 memset (&file_op_a, 0, sizeof (file_op_a));
6776 file_op_a.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6777 file_op_a.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6778 file_op_a.pFrom = tmp_path_a;
6779 file_op_a.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6780 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6781 file_op_a.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6782
6783 result = SHFileOperationA (&file_op_a);
6784 }
6785 }
6786 if (result != 0)
6787 report_file_error ("Removing old name", list1 (filename));
6788 }
6789 return Qnil;
6790 }
6791
6792 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
6793
6794 \f
6795 /***********************************************************************
6796 w32 specialized functions
6797 ***********************************************************************/
6798
6799 DEFUN ("w32-send-sys-command", Fw32_send_sys_command,
6800 Sw32_send_sys_command, 1, 2, 0,
6801 doc: /* Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
6802 Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
6803 to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
6804 to activate the menubar for keyboard access. #xf140 activates the
6805 screen saver if defined.
6806
6807 If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame. */)
6808 (Lisp_Object command, Lisp_Object frame)
6809 {
6810 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
6811
6812 CHECK_NUMBER (command);
6813
6814 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, XINT (command), 0);
6815
6816 return Qnil;
6817 }
6818
6819 DEFUN ("w32-shell-execute", Fw32_shell_execute, Sw32_shell_execute, 2, 4, 0,
6820 doc: /* Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
6821 This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
6822 invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.
6823
6824 OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
6825 What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
6826 handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
6827 operations:
6828
6829 \"open\" - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
6830 executable program. If it is an application, that
6831 application is launched in the current buffer's default
6832 directory. Otherwise, the application associated with
6833 DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
6834 \"print\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file
6835 \"explore\" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT
6836 \"edit\" - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
6837 editor is launched depends on the association for the
6838 specified DOCUMENT
6839 \"find\" - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT which must specify
6840 a directory
6841 nil - invoke the default OPERATION, or \"open\" if default is
6842 not defined or unavailable
6843
6844 DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
6845 also be a program executable to run, or a directory to open in the
6846 Windows Explorer.
6847
6848 If DOCUMENT is a program executable, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
6849 can be a string containing command line parameters that will be passed
6850 to the program; otherwise, PARAMETERS should be nil or unspecified.
6851
6852 Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
6853 application will be displayed when it is invoked. If SHOW-FLAG is nil
6854 or unspecified, the application is displayed normally, otherwise it is
6855 an integer representing a ShowWindow flag:
6856
6857 0 - start hidden
6858 1 - start normally
6859 3 - start maximized
6860 6 - start minimized */)
6861 (Lisp_Object operation, Lisp_Object document, Lisp_Object parameters, Lisp_Object show_flag)
6862 {
6863 char *errstr;
6864 Lisp_Object current_dir = BVAR (current_buffer, directory);;
6865 wchar_t *doc_w = NULL, *params_w = NULL, *ops_w = NULL;
6866 int result;
6867 #ifndef CYGWIN
6868 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6869 char *doc_a = NULL, *params_a = NULL, *ops_a = NULL;
6870 #endif
6871
6872 CHECK_STRING (document);
6873
6874 #ifdef CYGWIN
6875 current_dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (current_dir, Qt);
6876 if (STRINGP (document))
6877 document = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (document, Qt);
6878
6879 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters. */
6880 current_dir = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6881 if (STRINGP (document))
6882 {
6883 document = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (document);
6884 doc_w = GUI_SDATA (document);
6885 }
6886 if (STRINGP (parameters))
6887 {
6888 parameters = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
6889 params_w = GUI_SDATA (parameters);
6890 }
6891 if (STRINGP (operation))
6892 {
6893 operation = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (operation);
6894 ops_w = GUI_SDATA (operation);
6895 }
6896 result = (int) ShellExecuteW (NULL, ops_w, doc_w, params_w,
6897 GUI_SDATA (current_dir),
6898 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
6899 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
6900 #else /* !CYGWIN */
6901 if (use_unicode)
6902 {
6903 wchar_t document_w[MAX_PATH], current_dir_w[MAX_PATH];
6904
6905 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters, and
6906 convert operation to UTF-16. */
6907 current_dir = ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6908 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (current_dir), current_dir_w);
6909 if (STRINGP (document))
6910 {
6911 document = ENCODE_FILE (document);
6912 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (document), document_w);
6913 doc_w = document_w;
6914 }
6915 if (STRINGP (parameters))
6916 {
6917 int len;
6918
6919 parameters = ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
6920 len = MultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6921 SSDATA (parameters), -1, NULL, 0);
6922 if (len > 32768)
6923 len = 32768;
6924 params_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6925 MultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6926 SSDATA (parameters), -1, params_w, len);
6927 }
6928 if (STRINGP (operation))
6929 {
6930 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
6931 const char *s = SSDATA (operation);
6932 wchar_t *d;
6933 int len = SBYTES (operation) + 1;
6934
6935 if (len > 32768)
6936 len = 32768;
6937 d = ops_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6938 while (d < ops_w + len - 1)
6939 *d++ = *s++;
6940 *d = 0;
6941 }
6942 result = (int) ShellExecuteW (NULL, ops_w, doc_w, params_w,
6943 current_dir_w,
6944 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
6945 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
6946 }
6947 else
6948 {
6949 char document_a[MAX_PATH], current_dir_a[MAX_PATH];
6950
6951 current_dir = ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6952 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (current_dir), current_dir_a);
6953 if (STRINGP (document))
6954 {
6955 ENCODE_FILE (document);
6956 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (document), document_a);
6957 doc_a = document_a;
6958 }
6959 if (STRINGP (parameters))
6960 {
6961 int len;
6962
6963 parameters = ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
6964 params_a = SSDATA (parameters);
6965 }
6966 if (STRINGP (operation))
6967 {
6968 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
6969 ops_a = SSDATA (operation);
6970 }
6971 result = (int) ShellExecuteA (NULL, ops_a, doc_a, params_a,
6972 current_dir_a,
6973 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
6974 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
6975 }
6976 #endif /* !CYGWIN */
6977
6978 if (result > 32)
6979 return Qt;
6980
6981 switch (result)
6982 {
6983 case SE_ERR_ACCESSDENIED:
6984 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED);
6985 break;
6986 case SE_ERR_ASSOCINCOMPLETE:
6987 case SE_ERR_NOASSOC:
6988 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_NO_ASSOCIATION);
6989 break;
6990 case SE_ERR_DDEBUSY:
6991 case SE_ERR_DDEFAIL:
6992 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_DDE_FAIL);
6993 break;
6994 case SE_ERR_DDETIMEOUT:
6995 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_TIMEOUT);
6996 break;
6997 case SE_ERR_DLLNOTFOUND:
6998 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_DLL_NOT_FOUND);
6999 break;
7000 case SE_ERR_FNF:
7001 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND);
7002 break;
7003 case SE_ERR_OOM:
7004 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY);
7005 break;
7006 case SE_ERR_PNF:
7007 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND);
7008 break;
7009 case SE_ERR_SHARE:
7010 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION);
7011 break;
7012 default:
7013 errstr = w32_strerror (0);
7014 break;
7015 }
7016 /* The error string might be encoded in the locale's encoding. */
7017 if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system))
7018 {
7019 Lisp_Object decoded =
7020 code_convert_string_norecord (build_unibyte_string (errstr),
7021 Vlocale_coding_system, 0);
7022 errstr = SSDATA (decoded);
7023 }
7024 error ("ShellExecute failed: %s", errstr);
7025 }
7026
7027 /* Lookup virtual keycode from string representing the name of a
7028 non-ascii keystroke into the corresponding virtual key, using
7029 lispy_function_keys. */
7030 static int
7031 lookup_vk_code (char *key)
7032 {
7033 int i;
7034
7035 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
7036 if (lispy_function_keys[i]
7037 && strcmp (lispy_function_keys[i], key) == 0)
7038 return i;
7039
7040 return -1;
7041 }
7042
7043 /* Convert a one-element vector style key sequence to a hot key
7044 definition. */
7045 static Lisp_Object
7046 w32_parse_hot_key (Lisp_Object key)
7047 {
7048 /* Copied from Fdefine_key and store_in_keymap. */
7049 register Lisp_Object c;
7050 int vk_code;
7051 int lisp_modifiers;
7052 int w32_modifiers;
7053 struct gcpro gcpro1;
7054
7055 CHECK_VECTOR (key);
7056
7057 if (ASIZE (key) != 1)
7058 return Qnil;
7059
7060 GCPRO1 (key);
7061
7062 c = AREF (key, 0);
7063
7064 if (CONSP (c) && lucid_event_type_list_p (c))
7065 c = Fevent_convert_list (c);
7066
7067 UNGCPRO;
7068
7069 if (! INTEGERP (c) && ! SYMBOLP (c))
7070 error ("Key definition is invalid");
7071
7072 /* Work out the base key and the modifiers. */
7073 if (SYMBOLP (c))
7074 {
7075 c = parse_modifiers (c);
7076 lisp_modifiers = XINT (Fcar (Fcdr (c)));
7077 c = Fcar (c);
7078 if (!SYMBOLP (c))
7079 emacs_abort ();
7080 vk_code = lookup_vk_code (SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (c)));
7081 }
7082 else if (INTEGERP (c))
7083 {
7084 lisp_modifiers = XINT (c) & ~CHARACTERBITS;
7085 /* Many ascii characters are their own virtual key code. */
7086 vk_code = XINT (c) & CHARACTERBITS;
7087 }
7088
7089 if (vk_code < 0 || vk_code > 255)
7090 return Qnil;
7091
7092 if ((lisp_modifiers & meta_modifier) != 0
7093 && !NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta))
7094 lisp_modifiers |= alt_modifier;
7095
7096 /* Supply defs missing from mingw32. */
7097 #ifndef MOD_ALT
7098 #define MOD_ALT 0x0001
7099 #define MOD_CONTROL 0x0002
7100 #define MOD_SHIFT 0x0004
7101 #define MOD_WIN 0x0008
7102 #endif
7103
7104 /* Convert lisp modifiers to Windows hot-key form. */
7105 w32_modifiers = (lisp_modifiers & hyper_modifier) ? MOD_WIN : 0;
7106 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & alt_modifier) ? MOD_ALT : 0;
7107 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & ctrl_modifier) ? MOD_CONTROL : 0;
7108 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & shift_modifier) ? MOD_SHIFT : 0;
7109
7110 return HOTKEY (vk_code, w32_modifiers);
7111 }
7112
7113 DEFUN ("w32-register-hot-key", Fw32_register_hot_key,
7114 Sw32_register_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7115 doc: /* Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
7116 Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab are reserved for system use on
7117 Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the system. However,
7118 most of these key combinations can be received by registering them as
7119 hot-keys, overriding their special meaning.
7120
7121 KEY must be a one element key definition in vector form that would be
7122 acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for Alt-Tab). The meta
7123 modifier is interpreted as Alt if `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper
7124 is always interpreted as the Windows modifier keys.
7125
7126 The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil. */)
7127 (Lisp_Object key)
7128 {
7129 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
7130
7131 if (!NILP (key) && NILP (Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys)))
7132 {
7133 /* Reuse an empty slot if possible. */
7134 Lisp_Object item = Fmemq (Qnil, w32_grabbed_keys);
7135
7136 /* Safe to add new key to list, even if we have focus. */
7137 if (NILP (item))
7138 w32_grabbed_keys = Fcons (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
7139 else
7140 XSETCAR (item, key);
7141
7142 /* Notify input thread about new hot-key definition, so that it
7143 takes effect without needing to switch focus. */
7144 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY,
7145 (WPARAM) XLI (key), 0);
7146 }
7147
7148 return key;
7149 }
7150
7151 DEFUN ("w32-unregister-hot-key", Fw32_unregister_hot_key,
7152 Sw32_unregister_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7153 doc: /* Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination. */)
7154 (Lisp_Object key)
7155 {
7156 Lisp_Object item;
7157
7158 if (!INTEGERP (key))
7159 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
7160
7161 item = Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
7162
7163 if (!NILP (item))
7164 {
7165 /* Notify input thread about hot-key definition being removed, so
7166 that it takes effect without needing focus switch. */
7167 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY,
7168 (WPARAM) XINT (XCAR (item)), (LPARAM) XLI (item)))
7169 {
7170 MSG msg;
7171 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
7172 }
7173 return Qt;
7174 }
7175 return Qnil;
7176 }
7177
7178 DEFUN ("w32-registered-hot-keys", Fw32_registered_hot_keys,
7179 Sw32_registered_hot_keys, 0, 0, 0,
7180 doc: /* Return list of registered hot-key IDs. */)
7181 (void)
7182 {
7183 return Fdelq (Qnil, Fcopy_sequence (w32_grabbed_keys));
7184 }
7185
7186 DEFUN ("w32-reconstruct-hot-key", Fw32_reconstruct_hot_key,
7187 Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7188 doc: /* Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.
7189 usage: (w32-reconstruct-hot-key ID) */)
7190 (Lisp_Object hotkeyid)
7191 {
7192 int vk_code, w32_modifiers;
7193 Lisp_Object key;
7194
7195 CHECK_NUMBER (hotkeyid);
7196
7197 vk_code = HOTKEY_VK_CODE (hotkeyid);
7198 w32_modifiers = HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (hotkeyid);
7199
7200 if (vk_code < 256 && lispy_function_keys[vk_code])
7201 key = intern (lispy_function_keys[vk_code]);
7202 else
7203 key = make_number (vk_code);
7204
7205 key = Fcons (key, Qnil);
7206 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT)
7207 key = Fcons (Qshift, key);
7208 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL)
7209 key = Fcons (Qctrl, key);
7210 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_ALT)
7211 key = Fcons (NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta) ? Qalt : Qmeta, key);
7212 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_WIN)
7213 key = Fcons (Qhyper, key);
7214
7215 return key;
7216 }
7217
7218 DEFUN ("w32-toggle-lock-key", Fw32_toggle_lock_key,
7219 Sw32_toggle_lock_key, 1, 2, 0,
7220 doc: /* Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
7221 KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
7222 If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
7223 is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on. */)
7224 (Lisp_Object key, Lisp_Object new_state)
7225 {
7226 int vk_code;
7227
7228 if (EQ (key, intern ("capslock")))
7229 vk_code = VK_CAPITAL;
7230 else if (EQ (key, intern ("kp-numlock")))
7231 vk_code = VK_NUMLOCK;
7232 else if (EQ (key, intern ("scroll")))
7233 vk_code = VK_SCROLL;
7234 else
7235 return Qnil;
7236
7237 if (!dwWindowsThreadId)
7238 return make_number (w32_console_toggle_lock_key (vk_code, new_state));
7239
7240 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY,
7241 (WPARAM) vk_code, (LPARAM) XLI (new_state)))
7242 {
7243 MSG msg;
7244 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
7245 return make_number (msg.wParam);
7246 }
7247 return Qnil;
7248 }
7249
7250 DEFUN ("w32-window-exists-p", Fw32_window_exists_p, Sw32_window_exists_p,
7251 2, 2, 0,
7252 doc: /* Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.
7253
7254 This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function. */)
7255 (Lisp_Object class, Lisp_Object name)
7256 {
7257 HWND hnd;
7258
7259 if (!NILP (class))
7260 CHECK_STRING (class);
7261 if (!NILP (name))
7262 CHECK_STRING (name);
7263
7264 hnd = FindWindow (STRINGP (class) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (class)) : NULL,
7265 STRINGP (name) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (name)) : NULL);
7266 if (!hnd)
7267 return Qnil;
7268 return Qt;
7269 }
7270
7271 DEFUN ("w32-frame-rect", Fw32_frame_rect, Sw32_frame_rect, 0, 2, 0,
7272 doc: /* Return boundary rectangle of FRAME in screen coordinates.
7273 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one.
7274
7275 The boundary rectangle is a list of four elements, specifying the left,
7276 top, right and bottom screen coordinates of FRAME including menu and
7277 title bar and decorations. Optional argument CLIENT non-nil means to
7278 return the boundaries of the client rectangle which excludes menu and
7279 title bar and decorations. */)
7280 (Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object client)
7281 {
7282 struct frame *f = decode_live_frame (frame);
7283 RECT rect;
7284
7285 if (!NILP (client))
7286 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
7287 else
7288 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
7289
7290 return list4 (make_number (rect.left), make_number (rect.top),
7291 make_number (rect.right), make_number (rect.bottom));
7292 }
7293
7294 DEFUN ("w32-battery-status", Fw32_battery_status, Sw32_battery_status, 0, 0, 0,
7295 doc: /* Get power status information from Windows system.
7296
7297 The following %-sequences are provided:
7298 %L AC line status (verbose)
7299 %B Battery status (verbose)
7300 %b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
7301 `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
7302 %p Battery load percentage
7303 %s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
7304 %m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
7305 %h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
7306 %t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min' */)
7307 (void)
7308 {
7309 Lisp_Object status = Qnil;
7310
7311 SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS system_status;
7312 if (GetSystemPowerStatus (&system_status))
7313 {
7314 Lisp_Object line_status, battery_status, battery_status_symbol;
7315 Lisp_Object load_percentage, seconds, minutes, hours, remain;
7316
7317 long seconds_left = (long) system_status.BatteryLifeTime;
7318
7319 if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 0)
7320 line_status = build_string ("off-line");
7321 else if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 1)
7322 line_status = build_string ("on-line");
7323 else
7324 line_status = build_string ("N/A");
7325
7326 if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 128)
7327 {
7328 battery_status = build_string ("N/A");
7329 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7330 }
7331 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 8)
7332 {
7333 battery_status = build_string ("charging");
7334 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("+");
7335 if (system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime != -1L)
7336 seconds_left = system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime - seconds_left;
7337 }
7338 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 4)
7339 {
7340 battery_status = build_string ("critical");
7341 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("!");
7342 }
7343 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 2)
7344 {
7345 battery_status = build_string ("low");
7346 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("-");
7347 }
7348 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 1)
7349 {
7350 battery_status = build_string ("high");
7351 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7352 }
7353 else
7354 {
7355 battery_status = build_string ("medium");
7356 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7357 }
7358
7359 if (system_status.BatteryLifePercent > 100)
7360 load_percentage = build_string ("N/A");
7361 else
7362 {
7363 char buffer[16];
7364 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%d", system_status.BatteryLifePercent);
7365 load_percentage = build_string (buffer);
7366 }
7367
7368 if (seconds_left < 0)
7369 seconds = minutes = hours = remain = build_string ("N/A");
7370 else
7371 {
7372 long m;
7373 float h;
7374 char buffer[16];
7375 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", seconds_left);
7376 seconds = build_string (buffer);
7377
7378 m = seconds_left / 60;
7379 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", m);
7380 minutes = build_string (buffer);
7381
7382 h = seconds_left / 3600.0;
7383 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%3.1f", h);
7384 hours = build_string (buffer);
7385
7386 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld:%02ld", m / 60, m % 60);
7387 remain = build_string (buffer);
7388 }
7389
7390 status = listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP, 8,
7391 Fcons (make_number ('L'), line_status),
7392 Fcons (make_number ('B'), battery_status),
7393 Fcons (make_number ('b'), battery_status_symbol),
7394 Fcons (make_number ('p'), load_percentage),
7395 Fcons (make_number ('s'), seconds),
7396 Fcons (make_number ('m'), minutes),
7397 Fcons (make_number ('h'), hours),
7398 Fcons (make_number ('t'), remain));
7399 }
7400 return status;
7401 }
7402
7403 \f
7404 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7405 DEFUN ("file-system-info", Ffile_system_info, Sfile_system_info, 1, 1, 0,
7406 doc: /* Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
7407 Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
7408 storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
7409 storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes.
7410 If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. */)
7411 (Lisp_Object filename)
7412 {
7413 Lisp_Object encoded, value;
7414
7415 CHECK_STRING (filename);
7416 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
7417 encoded = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
7418
7419 value = Qnil;
7420
7421 /* Determining the required information on Windows turns out, sadly,
7422 to be more involved than one would hope. The original Windows API
7423 call for this will return bogus information on some systems, but we
7424 must dynamically probe for the replacement api, since that was
7425 added rather late on. */
7426 {
7427 HMODULE hKernel = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
7428 BOOL (*pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW)
7429 (wchar_t *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7430 = (void *) GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExW");
7431 BOOL (*pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA)
7432 (char *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7433 = (void *) GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExA");
7434 bool have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx =
7435 (w32_unicode_filenames && pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
7436 || !w32_unicode_filenames && pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA);
7437
7438 /* On Windows, we may need to specify the root directory of the
7439 volume holding FILENAME. */
7440 char rootname[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7441 wchar_t rootname_w[MAX_PATH];
7442 char rootname_a[MAX_PATH];
7443 char *name = SDATA (encoded);
7444 BOOL result;
7445
7446 /* find the root name of the volume if given */
7447 if (isalpha (name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
7448 {
7449 rootname[0] = name[0];
7450 rootname[1] = name[1];
7451 rootname[2] = '\\';
7452 rootname[3] = 0;
7453 }
7454 else if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[0]) && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[1]))
7455 {
7456 char *str = rootname;
7457 int slashes = 4;
7458 do
7459 {
7460 if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (*name) && --slashes == 0)
7461 break;
7462 *str++ = *name++;
7463 }
7464 while ( *name );
7465
7466 *str++ = '\\';
7467 *str = 0;
7468 }
7469
7470 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7471 filename_to_utf16 (rootname, rootname_w);
7472 else
7473 filename_to_ansi (rootname, rootname_a);
7474
7475 if (have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx)
7476 {
7477 /* Unsigned large integers cannot be cast to double, so
7478 use signed ones instead. */
7479 LARGE_INTEGER availbytes;
7480 LARGE_INTEGER freebytes;
7481 LARGE_INTEGER totalbytes;
7482
7483 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7484 result = pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW (rootname_w,
7485 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7486 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7487 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes);
7488 else
7489 result = pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA (rootname_a,
7490 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7491 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7492 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes);
7493 if (result)
7494 value = list3 (make_float ((double) totalbytes.QuadPart),
7495 make_float ((double) freebytes.QuadPart),
7496 make_float ((double) availbytes.QuadPart));
7497 }
7498 else
7499 {
7500 DWORD sectors_per_cluster;
7501 DWORD bytes_per_sector;
7502 DWORD free_clusters;
7503 DWORD total_clusters;
7504
7505 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7506 result = GetDiskFreeSpaceW (rootname_w,
7507 &sectors_per_cluster,
7508 &bytes_per_sector,
7509 &free_clusters,
7510 &total_clusters);
7511 else
7512 result = GetDiskFreeSpaceA (rootname_a,
7513 &sectors_per_cluster,
7514 &bytes_per_sector,
7515 &free_clusters,
7516 &total_clusters);
7517 if (result)
7518 value = list3 (make_float ((double) total_clusters
7519 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7520 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7521 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7522 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7523 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector));
7524 }
7525 }
7526
7527 return value;
7528 }
7529 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7530
7531 \f
7532 DEFUN ("default-printer-name", Fdefault_printer_name, Sdefault_printer_name,
7533 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the name of Windows default printer device. */)
7534 (void)
7535 {
7536 static char pname_buf[256];
7537 int err;
7538 HANDLE hPrn;
7539 PRINTER_INFO_2W *ppi2w = NULL;
7540 PRINTER_INFO_2A *ppi2a = NULL;
7541 DWORD dwNeeded = 0, dwReturned = 0;
7542 char server_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH], share_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7543 char port_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7544
7545 /* Retrieve the default string from Win.ini (the registry).
7546 * String will be in form "printername,drivername,portname".
7547 * This is the most portable way to get the default printer. */
7548 if (GetProfileString ("windows", "device", ",,", pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf)) <= 0)
7549 return Qnil;
7550 /* printername precedes first "," character */
7551 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7552 /* We want to know more than the printer name */
7553 if (!OpenPrinter (pname_buf, &hPrn, NULL))
7554 return Qnil;
7555 /* GetPrinterW is not supported by unicows.dll. */
7556 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
7557 GetPrinterW (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7558 else
7559 GetPrinterA (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7560 if (dwNeeded == 0)
7561 {
7562 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7563 return Qnil;
7564 }
7565 /* Call GetPrinter again with big enough memory block. */
7566 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
7567 {
7568 /* Allocate memory for the PRINTER_INFO_2 struct. */
7569 ppi2w = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7570 err = GetPrinterW (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2w, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7571 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7572 if (!err)
7573 {
7574 xfree (ppi2w);
7575 return Qnil;
7576 }
7577
7578 if ((ppi2w->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED)
7579 && ppi2w->pServerName)
7580 {
7581 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pServerName, server_name);
7582 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pShareName, share_name);
7583 }
7584 else
7585 {
7586 server_name[0] = '\0';
7587 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pPortName, port_name);
7588 }
7589 }
7590 else
7591 {
7592 ppi2a = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7593 err = GetPrinterA (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2a, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7594 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7595 if (!err)
7596 {
7597 xfree (ppi2a);
7598 return Qnil;
7599 }
7600
7601 if ((ppi2a->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED)
7602 && ppi2a->pServerName)
7603 {
7604 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pServerName, server_name);
7605 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pShareName, share_name);
7606 }
7607 else
7608 {
7609 server_name[0] = '\0';
7610 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pPortName, port_name);
7611 }
7612 }
7613
7614 if (server_name[0])
7615 {
7616 /* a remote printer */
7617 if (server_name[0] == '\\')
7618 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "%s\\%s", server_name,
7619 share_name);
7620 else
7621 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "\\\\%s\\%s", server_name,
7622 share_name);
7623 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7624 }
7625 else
7626 {
7627 /* a local printer */
7628 strncpy (pname_buf, port_name, sizeof (pname_buf));
7629 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7630 /* `pPortName' can include several ports, delimited by ','.
7631 * we only use the first one. */
7632 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7633 }
7634
7635 return DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (pname_buf));
7636 }
7637 \f
7638
7639 /* Equivalent of strerror for W32 error codes. */
7640 char *
7641 w32_strerror (int error_no)
7642 {
7643 static char buf[500];
7644 DWORD ret;
7645
7646 if (error_no == 0)
7647 error_no = GetLastError ();
7648
7649 ret = FormatMessage (FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
7650 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
7651 NULL,
7652 error_no,
7653 0, /* choose most suitable language */
7654 buf, sizeof (buf), NULL);
7655
7656 while (ret > 0 && (buf[ret - 1] == '\n' ||
7657 buf[ret - 1] == '\r' ))
7658 --ret;
7659 buf[ret] = '\0';
7660 if (!ret)
7661 sprintf (buf, "w32 error %u", error_no);
7662
7663 return buf;
7664 }
7665
7666 /* For convenience when debugging. (You cannot call GetLastError
7667 directly from GDB: it will crash, because it uses the __stdcall
7668 calling convention, not the _cdecl convention assumed by GDB.) */
7669 DWORD
7670 w32_last_error (void)
7671 {
7672 return GetLastError ();
7673 }
7674
7675 /* Cache information describing the NT system for later use. */
7676 void
7677 cache_system_info (void)
7678 {
7679 union
7680 {
7681 struct info
7682 {
7683 char major;
7684 char minor;
7685 short platform;
7686 } info;
7687 DWORD data;
7688 } version;
7689
7690 /* Cache the module handle of Emacs itself. */
7691 hinst = GetModuleHandle (NULL);
7692
7693 /* Cache the version of the operating system. */
7694 version.data = GetVersion ();
7695 w32_major_version = version.info.major;
7696 w32_minor_version = version.info.minor;
7697
7698 if (version.info.platform & 0x8000)
7699 os_subtype = OS_9X;
7700 else
7701 os_subtype = OS_NT;
7702
7703 /* Cache page size, allocation unit, processor type, etc. */
7704 GetSystemInfo (&sysinfo_cache);
7705 syspage_mask = (DWORD_PTR)sysinfo_cache.dwPageSize - 1;
7706
7707 /* Cache os info. */
7708 osinfo_cache.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO);
7709 GetVersionEx (&osinfo_cache);
7710
7711 w32_build_number = osinfo_cache.dwBuildNumber;
7712 if (os_subtype == OS_9X)
7713 w32_build_number &= 0xffff;
7714
7715 w32_num_mouse_buttons = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS);
7716 }
7717
7718 #ifdef EMACSDEBUG
7719 void
7720 _DebPrint (const char *fmt, ...)
7721 {
7722 char buf[1024];
7723 va_list args;
7724
7725 va_start (args, fmt);
7726 vsprintf (buf, fmt, args);
7727 va_end (args);
7728 #if CYGWIN
7729 fprintf (stderr, "%s", buf);
7730 #endif
7731 OutputDebugString (buf);
7732 }
7733 #endif
7734
7735 int
7736 w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int vk_code, Lisp_Object new_state)
7737 {
7738 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
7739
7740 if (NILP (new_state)
7741 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
7742 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
7743 {
7744 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7745 faked_key = vk_code;
7746 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7747
7748 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7749 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7750 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7751 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7752 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7753 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
7754 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7755 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7756 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7757 cur_state = !cur_state;
7758 }
7759
7760 return cur_state;
7761 }
7762
7763 /* Translate console modifiers to emacs modifiers.
7764 German keyboard support (Kai Morgan Zeise 2/18/95). */
7765 int
7766 w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (DWORD mods, WORD key)
7767 {
7768 int retval = 0;
7769
7770 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, and it has been
7771 pressed, first remove those modifiers. */
7772 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7773 && (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7774 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7775 mods &= ~ (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED);
7776
7777 if (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED))
7778 retval = ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier);
7779
7780 if (mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7781 {
7782 retval |= ctrl_modifier;
7783 if ((mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7784 == (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7785 retval |= meta_modifier;
7786 }
7787
7788 if (mods & LEFT_WIN_PRESSED)
7789 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN);
7790 if (mods & RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED)
7791 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN);
7792 if (mods & APPS_PRESSED)
7793 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS);
7794 if (mods & SCROLLLOCK_ON)
7795 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL);
7796
7797 /* Just in case someone wanted the original behavior, make it
7798 optional by setting w32-capslock-is-shiftlock to t. */
7799 if (NILP (Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock)
7800 /* Keys that should _not_ be affected by CapsLock. */
7801 && ( (key == VK_BACK)
7802 || (key == VK_TAB)
7803 || (key == VK_CLEAR)
7804 || (key == VK_RETURN)
7805 || (key == VK_ESCAPE)
7806 || ((key >= VK_SPACE) && (key <= VK_HELP))
7807 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD0) && (key <= VK_F24))
7808 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR) && (key <= VK_NUMPAD_DELETE))
7809 ))
7810 {
7811 /* Only consider shift state. */
7812 if ((mods & SHIFT_PRESSED) != 0)
7813 retval |= shift_modifier;
7814 }
7815 else
7816 {
7817 /* Ignore CapsLock state if not enabled. */
7818 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
7819 mods &= ~CAPSLOCK_ON;
7820 if ((mods & (SHIFT_PRESSED | CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
7821 retval |= shift_modifier;
7822 }
7823
7824 return retval;
7825 }
7826
7827 /* The return code indicates key code size. cpID is the codepage to
7828 use for translation to Unicode; -1 means use the current console
7829 input codepage. */
7830 int
7831 w32_kbd_patch_key (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *event, int cpId)
7832 {
7833 unsigned int key_code = event->wVirtualKeyCode;
7834 unsigned int mods = event->dwControlKeyState;
7835 BYTE keystate[256];
7836 static BYTE ansi_code[4];
7837 static int isdead = 0;
7838
7839 if (isdead == 2)
7840 {
7841 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[2];
7842 isdead = 0;
7843 return 1;
7844 }
7845 if (event->uChar.AsciiChar != 0)
7846 return 1;
7847
7848 memset (keystate, 0, sizeof (keystate));
7849 keystate[key_code] = 0x80;
7850 if (mods & SHIFT_PRESSED)
7851 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
7852 if (mods & CAPSLOCK_ON)
7853 keystate[VK_CAPITAL] = 1;
7854 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, set the key
7855 states accordingly before invoking ToAscii. */
7856 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7857 && (mods & LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED) && (mods & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
7858 {
7859 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
7860 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = 0x80;
7861 keystate[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
7862 keystate[VK_RMENU] = 0x80;
7863 }
7864
7865 #if 0
7866 /* Because of an OS bug, ToAscii corrupts the stack when called to
7867 convert a dead key in console mode on NT4. Unfortunately, trying
7868 to check for dead keys using MapVirtualKey doesn't work either -
7869 these functions apparently use internal information about keyboard
7870 layout which doesn't get properly updated in console programs when
7871 changing layout (though apparently it gets partly updated,
7872 otherwise ToAscii wouldn't crash). */
7873 if (is_dead_key (event->wVirtualKeyCode))
7874 return 0;
7875 #endif
7876
7877 /* On NT, call ToUnicode instead and then convert to the current
7878 console input codepage. */
7879 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
7880 {
7881 WCHAR buf[128];
7882
7883 isdead = ToUnicode (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7884 keystate, buf, 128, 0);
7885 if (isdead > 0)
7886 {
7887 /* When we are called from the GUI message processing code,
7888 we are passed the current keyboard codepage, a positive
7889 number, to use below. */
7890 if (cpId == -1)
7891 cpId = GetConsoleCP ();
7892
7893 event->uChar.UnicodeChar = buf[isdead - 1];
7894 isdead = WideCharToMultiByte (cpId, 0, buf, isdead,
7895 ansi_code, 4, NULL, NULL);
7896 }
7897 else
7898 isdead = 0;
7899 }
7900 else
7901 {
7902 isdead = ToAscii (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7903 keystate, (LPWORD) ansi_code, 0);
7904 }
7905
7906 if (isdead == 0)
7907 return 0;
7908 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[0];
7909 return isdead;
7910 }
7911
7912
7913 void
7914 w32_sys_ring_bell (struct frame *f)
7915 {
7916 if (sound_type == 0xFFFFFFFF)
7917 {
7918 Beep (666, 100);
7919 }
7920 else if (sound_type == MB_EMACS_SILENT)
7921 {
7922 /* Do nothing. */
7923 }
7924 else
7925 MessageBeep (sound_type);
7926 }
7927
7928 \f
7929 /***********************************************************************
7930 Initialization
7931 ***********************************************************************/
7932
7933 /* Keep this list in the same order as frame_parms in frame.c.
7934 Use 0 for unsupported frame parameters. */
7935
7936 frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers[] =
7937 {
7938 x_set_autoraise,
7939 x_set_autolower,
7940 x_set_background_color,
7941 x_set_border_color,
7942 x_set_border_width,
7943 x_set_cursor_color,
7944 x_set_cursor_type,
7945 x_set_font,
7946 x_set_foreground_color,
7947 x_set_icon_name,
7948 x_set_icon_type,
7949 x_set_internal_border_width,
7950 x_set_right_divider_width,
7951 x_set_bottom_divider_width,
7952 x_set_menu_bar_lines,
7953 x_set_mouse_color,
7954 x_explicitly_set_name,
7955 x_set_scroll_bar_width,
7956 x_set_title,
7957 x_set_unsplittable,
7958 x_set_vertical_scroll_bars,
7959 x_set_visibility,
7960 x_set_tool_bar_lines,
7961 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_foreground, */
7962 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_background, */
7963 x_set_screen_gamma,
7964 x_set_line_spacing,
7965 x_set_fringe_width,
7966 x_set_fringe_width,
7967 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm, */
7968 x_set_fullscreen,
7969 x_set_font_backend,
7970 x_set_alpha,
7971 0, /* x_set_sticky */
7972 0, /* x_set_tool_bar_position */
7973 };
7974
7975 void
7976 syms_of_w32fns (void)
7977 {
7978 globals_of_w32fns ();
7979 track_mouse_window = NULL;
7980
7981 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
7982
7983 DEFSYM (Qsuppress_icon, "suppress-icon");
7984 DEFSYM (Qundefined_color, "undefined-color");
7985 DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer, "cancel-timer");
7986 DEFSYM (Qhyper, "hyper");
7987 DEFSYM (Qsuper, "super");
7988 DEFSYM (Qmeta, "meta");
7989 DEFSYM (Qalt, "alt");
7990 DEFSYM (Qctrl, "ctrl");
7991 DEFSYM (Qcontrol, "control");
7992 DEFSYM (Qshift, "shift");
7993 DEFSYM (Qfont_param, "font-parameter");
7994 DEFSYM (Qgeometry, "geometry");
7995 DEFSYM (Qworkarea, "workarea");
7996 DEFSYM (Qmm_size, "mm-size");
7997 DEFSYM (Qframes, "frames");
7998 /* This is the end of symbol initialization. */
7999
8000
8001 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_conditions,
8002 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE, 2, Qundefined_color, Qerror));
8003 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_message,
8004 build_pure_c_string ("Undefined color"));
8005
8006 staticpro (&w32_grabbed_keys);
8007 w32_grabbed_keys = Qnil;
8008
8009 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-color-map", Vw32_color_map,
8010 doc: /* An array of color name mappings for Windows. */);
8011 Vw32_color_map = Qnil;
8012
8013 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-alt-to-system", Vw32_pass_alt_to_system,
8014 doc: /* Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
8015 When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
8016 open the System menu. When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
8017 then silently swallows them. */);
8018 Vw32_pass_alt_to_system = Qnil;
8019
8020 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-alt-is-meta", Vw32_alt_is_meta,
8021 doc: /* Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
8022 When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META. */);
8023 Vw32_alt_is_meta = Qt;
8024
8025 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-quit-key", w32_quit_key,
8026 doc: /* If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key. */);
8027 w32_quit_key = 0;
8028
8029 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-lwindow-to-system",
8030 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system,
8031 doc: /* If non-nil, the left \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8032
8033 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8034 If you set this to nil, the left \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8035 according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.
8036
8037 Note that some combinations of the left \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8038 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8039 effect. For example, <lwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8040 <lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8041 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8042 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system = Qt;
8043
8044 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-rwindow-to-system",
8045 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system,
8046 doc: /* If non-nil, the right \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8047
8048 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8049 If you set this to nil, the right \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8050 according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.
8051
8052 Note that some combinations of the right \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8053 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8054 effect. For example, <rwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8055 <rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8056 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8057 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system = Qt;
8058
8059 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-phantom-key-code",
8060 Vw32_phantom_key_code,
8061 doc: /* Virtual key code used to generate \"phantom\" key presses.
8062 Value is a number between 0 and 255.
8063
8064 Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
8065 acting on \"Windows\" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
8066 `w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil. */);
8067 /* Although 255 is technically not a valid key code, it works and
8068 means that this hack won't interfere with any real key code. */
8069 XSETINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code, 255);
8070
8071 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-num-lock",
8072 Vw32_enable_num_lock,
8073 doc: /* If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
8074 Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key. */);
8075 Vw32_enable_num_lock = Qt;
8076
8077 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-caps-lock",
8078 Vw32_enable_caps_lock,
8079 doc: /* If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
8080 Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key. */);
8081 Vw32_enable_caps_lock = Qt;
8082
8083 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-scroll-lock-modifier",
8084 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier,
8085 doc: /* Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
8086 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8087 respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
8088 Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored. */);
8089 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier = Qnil;
8090
8091 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-lwindow-modifier",
8092 Vw32_lwindow_modifier,
8093 doc: /* Modifier to use for the left \"Windows\" key.
8094 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8095 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
8096 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8097 Vw32_lwindow_modifier = Qnil;
8098
8099 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-rwindow-modifier",
8100 Vw32_rwindow_modifier,
8101 doc: /* Modifier to use for the right \"Windows\" key.
8102 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8103 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
8104 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8105 Vw32_rwindow_modifier = Qnil;
8106
8107 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-apps-modifier",
8108 Vw32_apps_modifier,
8109 doc: /* Modifier to use for the \"Apps\" key.
8110 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8111 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
8112 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8113 Vw32_apps_modifier = Qnil;
8114
8115 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-synthesized-fonts", w32_enable_synthesized_fonts,
8116 doc: /* Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts. */);
8117 w32_enable_synthesized_fonts = 0;
8118
8119 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-palette", Vw32_enable_palette,
8120 doc: /* Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly. */);
8121 Vw32_enable_palette = Qt;
8122
8123 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-button-tolerance",
8124 w32_mouse_button_tolerance,
8125 doc: /* Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
8126 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8127 left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
8128 If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
8129 button down event is generated instead. */);
8130 w32_mouse_button_tolerance = GetDoubleClickTime () / 2;
8131
8132 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-move-interval",
8133 w32_mouse_move_interval,
8134 doc: /* Minimum interval between mouse move events.
8135 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8136 successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
8137 reported as lisp events. */);
8138 w32_mouse_move_interval = 0;
8139
8140 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system",
8141 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system,
8142 doc: /* If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
8143 Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
8144 Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
8145 drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
8146 If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
8147 system to handle them. */);
8148 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system = 0;
8149
8150 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system",
8151 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system,
8152 doc: /* If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
8153 Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
8154 browsers and other applications. Generally these buttons are handled on a
8155 system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
8156 to Emacs for binding. Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
8157 may be available are:
8158
8159 browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
8160 browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
8161 mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
8162 app-1, app-2,
8163 help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
8164 spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
8165 media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
8166 media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
8167 media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
8168 volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
8169 mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
8170 bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-up */);
8171 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system = 1;
8172
8173 #if 0 /* TODO: Mouse cursor customization. */
8174 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pointer-shape", Vx_pointer_shape,
8175 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over text.
8176 Changing the value does not affect existing frames
8177 unless you set the mouse color. */);
8178 Vx_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8179
8180 Vx_nontext_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8181
8182 Vx_mode_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8183
8184 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hourglass-pointer-shape", Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape,
8185 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
8186 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8187 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8188 Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8189
8190 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape",
8191 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape,
8192 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
8193 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8194 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8195 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8196
8197 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-horizontal-drag-cursor",
8198 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape,
8199 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
8200 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8201 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8202 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape = Qnil;
8203
8204 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-vertical-drag-cursor",
8205 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape,
8206 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged vertically.
8207 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8208 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8209 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape = Qnil;
8210 #endif
8211
8212 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
8213 doc: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */);
8214 Vx_cursor_fore_pixel = Qnil;
8215
8216 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size,
8217 doc: /* Maximum size for tooltips.
8218 Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */);
8219 Vx_max_tooltip_size = Fcons (make_number (80), make_number (40));
8220
8221 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-no-window-manager", Vx_no_window_manager,
8222 doc: /* Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
8223 Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
8224 unless you set it to something else. */);
8225 /* We don't have any way to find this out, so set it to nil
8226 and maybe the user would like to set it to t. */
8227 Vx_no_window_manager = Qnil;
8228
8229 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pixel-size-width-font-regexp",
8230 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp,
8231 doc: /* Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.
8232
8233 Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
8234 PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
8235 such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as
8236 Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. */);
8237 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp = Qnil;
8238
8239 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-bdf-filename-alist",
8240 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist,
8241 doc: /* List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames. */);
8242 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist = Qnil;
8243
8244 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-fontnames",
8245 w32_strict_fontnames,
8246 doc: /* Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
8247 Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
8248 and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
8249 fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
8250 Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
8251 fontsets are automatically created. */);
8252 w32_strict_fontnames = 0;
8253
8254 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-painting",
8255 w32_strict_painting,
8256 doc: /* Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
8257 Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
8258 only be necessary if the default setting causes problems. */);
8259 w32_strict_painting = 1;
8260
8261 #if 0 /* TODO: Port to W32 */
8262 defsubr (&Sx_change_window_property);
8263 defsubr (&Sx_delete_window_property);
8264 defsubr (&Sx_window_property);
8265 #endif
8266 defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p);
8267 defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p);
8268 defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p);
8269 defsubr (&Sxw_color_values);
8270 defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size);
8271 defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor);
8272 defsubr (&Sx_server_version);
8273 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width);
8274 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height);
8275 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width);
8276 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height);
8277 defsubr (&Sx_display_screens);
8278 defsubr (&Sx_display_planes);
8279 defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells);
8280 defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class);
8281 defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store);
8282 defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under);
8283 defsubr (&Sx_create_frame);
8284 defsubr (&Sx_open_connection);
8285 defsubr (&Sx_close_connection);
8286 defsubr (&Sx_display_list);
8287 defsubr (&Sx_synchronize);
8288
8289 /* W32 specific functions */
8290
8291 defsubr (&Sw32_define_rgb_color);
8292 defsubr (&Sw32_default_color_map);
8293 defsubr (&Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list);
8294 defsubr (&Sw32_send_sys_command);
8295 defsubr (&Sw32_shell_execute);
8296 defsubr (&Sw32_register_hot_key);
8297 defsubr (&Sw32_unregister_hot_key);
8298 defsubr (&Sw32_registered_hot_keys);
8299 defsubr (&Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key);
8300 defsubr (&Sw32_toggle_lock_key);
8301 defsubr (&Sw32_window_exists_p);
8302 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_rect);
8303 defsubr (&Sw32_battery_status);
8304
8305 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
8306 defsubr (&Sfile_system_info);
8307 #endif
8308
8309 defsubr (&Sdefault_printer_name);
8310 defsubr (&Sset_message_beep);
8311
8312 hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
8313
8314 defsubr (&Sx_show_tip);
8315 defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip);
8316 tip_timer = Qnil;
8317 staticpro (&tip_timer);
8318 tip_frame = Qnil;
8319 staticpro (&tip_frame);
8320
8321 last_show_tip_args = Qnil;
8322 staticpro (&last_show_tip_args);
8323
8324 defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog);
8325 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
8326 defsubr (&Ssystem_move_file_to_trash);
8327 #endif
8328 }
8329
8330 \f
8331
8332 /* Crashing and reporting backtrace. */
8333
8334 #ifndef CYGWIN
8335 static LONG CALLBACK my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS *);
8336 static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER prev_exception_handler;
8337 #endif
8338 static DWORD except_code;
8339 static PVOID except_addr;
8340
8341 #ifndef CYGWIN
8342 /* This handler records the exception code and the address where it
8343 was triggered so that this info could be included in the backtrace.
8344 Without that, the backtrace in some cases has no information
8345 whatsoever about the offending code, and looks as if the top-level
8346 exception handler in the MinGW startup code di the one that
8347 crashed. */
8348 static LONG CALLBACK
8349 my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS * exception_data)
8350 {
8351 except_code = exception_data->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode;
8352 except_addr = exception_data->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionAddress;
8353
8354 if (prev_exception_handler)
8355 return prev_exception_handler (exception_data);
8356 return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER;
8357 }
8358 #endif
8359
8360 typedef USHORT (WINAPI * CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) (ULONG, ULONG, PVOID *,
8361 PULONG);
8362
8363 #define BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX 62
8364
8365 int
8366 w32_backtrace (void **buffer, int limit)
8367 {
8368 static CaptureStackBackTrace_proc s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace = NULL;
8369 HMODULE hm_kernel32 = NULL;
8370
8371 if (!s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8372 {
8373 hm_kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("Kernel32.dll");
8374 s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace =
8375 (CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) GetProcAddress (hm_kernel32,
8376 "RtlCaptureStackBackTrace");
8377 }
8378 if (s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8379 return s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace (0, min (BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX, limit),
8380 buffer, NULL);
8381 return 0;
8382 }
8383
8384 void
8385 emacs_abort (void)
8386 {
8387 int button;
8388 button = MessageBox (NULL,
8389 "A fatal error has occurred!\n\n"
8390 "Would you like to attach a debugger?\n\n"
8391 "Select:\n"
8392 "YES -- to debug Emacs, or\n"
8393 "NO -- to abort Emacs and produce a backtrace\n"
8394 " (emacs_backtrace.txt in current directory)."
8395 #if __GNUC__
8396 "\n\n(type \"gdb -p <emacs-PID>\" and\n"
8397 "\"continue\" inside GDB before clicking YES.)"
8398 #endif
8399 , "Emacs Abort Dialog",
8400 MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_TASKMODAL
8401 | MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_YESNO);
8402 switch (button)
8403 {
8404 case IDYES:
8405 DebugBreak ();
8406 exit (2); /* tell the compiler we will never return */
8407 case IDNO:
8408 default:
8409 {
8410 void *stack[BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1];
8411 int i = w32_backtrace (stack, BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1);
8412
8413 if (i)
8414 {
8415 int errfile_fd = -1;
8416 int j;
8417 char buf[sizeof ("\r\nException at this address:\r\n\r\n")
8418 + 2 * INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (void *)];
8419 #ifdef CYGWIN
8420 int stderr_fd = 2;
8421 #else
8422 HANDLE errout = GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE);
8423 int stderr_fd = -1;
8424
8425 if (errout && errout != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
8426 stderr_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t)errout, O_APPEND | O_BINARY);
8427 #endif
8428
8429 /* We use %p, not 0x%p, as %p produces a leading "0x" on XP,
8430 but not on Windows 7. addr2line doesn't mind a missing
8431 "0x", but will be confused by an extra one. */
8432 if (except_addr)
8433 sprintf (buf, "\r\nException 0x%lx at this address:\r\n%p\r\n",
8434 except_code, except_addr);
8435 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8436 {
8437 if (except_addr)
8438 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8439 write (stderr_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8440 }
8441 #ifdef CYGWIN
8442 #define _open open
8443 #endif
8444 errfile_fd = _open ("emacs_backtrace.txt", O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_BINARY, S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
8445 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8446 {
8447 lseek (errfile_fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
8448 if (except_addr)
8449 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8450 write (errfile_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8451 }
8452
8453 for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
8454 {
8455 /* stack[] gives the return addresses, whereas we want
8456 the address of the call, so decrease each address
8457 by approximate size of 1 CALL instruction. */
8458 sprintf (buf, "%p\r\n", (char *)stack[j] - sizeof(void *));
8459 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8460 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8461 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8462 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8463 }
8464 if (i == BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX)
8465 {
8466 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8467 write (stderr_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8468 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8469 write (errfile_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8470 }
8471 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8472 close (errfile_fd);
8473 }
8474 abort ();
8475 break;
8476 }
8477 }
8478 }
8479
8480 \f
8481
8482 /* Initialization. */
8483
8484 /*
8485 globals_of_w32fns is used to initialize those global variables that
8486 must always be initialized on startup even when the global variable
8487 initialized is non zero (see the function main in emacs.c).
8488 globals_of_w32fns is called from syms_of_w32fns when the global
8489 variable initialized is 0 and directly from main when initialized
8490 is non zero.
8491 */
8492 void
8493 globals_of_w32fns (void)
8494 {
8495 HMODULE user32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("user32.dll");
8496 /*
8497 TrackMouseEvent not available in all versions of Windows, so must load
8498 it dynamically. Do it once, here, instead of every time it is used.
8499 */
8500 track_mouse_event_fn = (TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
8501 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "TrackMouseEvent");
8502
8503 monitor_from_point_fn = (MonitorFromPoint_Proc)
8504 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromPoint");
8505 get_monitor_info_fn = (GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
8506 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "GetMonitorInfoA");
8507 monitor_from_window_fn = (MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
8508 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromWindow");
8509 enum_display_monitors_fn = (EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
8510 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "EnumDisplayMonitors");
8511
8512 {
8513 HMODULE imm32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("imm32.dll");
8514 get_composition_string_fn = (ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
8515 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
8516 get_ime_context_fn = (ImmGetContext_Proc)
8517 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetContext");
8518 release_ime_context_fn = (ImmReleaseContext_Proc)
8519 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmReleaseContext");
8520 set_ime_composition_window_fn = (ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc)
8521 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
8522 }
8523
8524 except_code = 0;
8525 except_addr = 0;
8526 #ifndef CYGWIN
8527 prev_exception_handler = SetUnhandledExceptionFilter (my_exception_handler);
8528 #endif
8529
8530 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-ansi-code-page",
8531 w32_ansi_code_page,
8532 doc: /* The ANSI code page used by the system. */);
8533 w32_ansi_code_page = GetACP ();
8534
8535 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
8536 w32_unicode_gui = 1;
8537 else
8538 w32_unicode_gui = 0;
8539
8540 /* MessageBox does not work without this when linked to comctl32.dll 6.0. */
8541 InitCommonControls ();
8542
8543 syms_of_w32uniscribe ();
8544 }
8545
8546 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
8547
8548 Lisp_Object
8549 ntgui_encode_system (Lisp_Object str)
8550 {
8551 Lisp_Object encoded;
8552 to_unicode (str, &encoded);
8553 return encoded;
8554 }
8555
8556 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */